INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS INC /OR/
S-1, 1996-05-24
INSTRUMENTS FOR MEAS & TESTING OF ELECTRICITY & ELEC SIGNALS
Previous: BT OFFICE PRODUCTS INTERNATIONAL INC, DEF 14A, 1996-05-24
Next: ONTRAK SYSTEMS INC, 8-K, 1996-05-24



<PAGE>
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 24, 1996
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
               (Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
             OREGON                             3825                           93-0840631
(State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial            (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)     Classification Code Number)          Identification Number)
</TABLE>
 
                9525 S.W. GEMINI DRIVE, BEAVERTON, OREGON 97008
                                 (503) 626-7117
               (Address, including zip code and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                KEITH L. BARNES
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                9525 S.W. GEMINI DRIVE, BEAVERTON, OREGON 97008
                                 (503) 626-7117
            (Name, address, including zip code and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
 
                                WITH COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
            WILLIAM C. CAMPBELL, Esq.                            MARK A. BERTELSEN, Esq.
              STEPHEN M. GOING, Esq.                              RICHARD J. HART, Esq.
     Ater Wynne Hewitt Dodson & Skerritt, LLP                        BETSEY SUE, Esq.
          222 S.W. Columbia, Suite 1800                      Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
              Portland, Oregon 97201                             Professional Corporation
                  (503) 226-1191                                    650 Page Mill Road
                                                               Palo Alto, California 94304
                                                                      (415) 493-9300
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                           --------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box: / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box: / /
                           --------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                           PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
          SECURITIES               AMOUNT TO BE     OFFERING PRICE PER  AGGREGATE OFFERING      AMOUNT OF
       TO BE REGISTERED           REGISTERED (1)        SHARE (2)          PRICE (1)(2)      REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                             <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par
 value........................   2,900,000 shares         $26.50           $76,850,000           $26,500
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes 375,000 shares subject to the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
(2)  Estimated  solely  for  the purpose  of  calculating  the  registration fee
    pursuant to Rule  457(c) based on  the average  of the high  and low  prices
    reported on the Nasdaq National Market on May 22, 1996.
                           --------------------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
         CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET PURSUANT TO REGULATION S-K, ITEM 501(B),
              SHOWING LOCATION OF INFORMATION REQUIRED BY FORM S-1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FORM S-1 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                                            LOCATION OR CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                    <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus......................  Forepart of the Registration Statement; Outside Front
                                                                   Cover Page
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
            Prospectus..........................................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages; Additional
                                                                   Information
       3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
            Earnings to Fixed Charges...........................  Prospectus Summary; The Company; Risk Factors
       4.  Use of Proceeds......................................  Use of Proceeds
       5.  Determination of Offering Price......................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriters
       6.  Dilution.............................................                            *
       7.  Selling Security Holders.............................  Prospectus Summary; Principal and Selling
                                                                   Shareholders
       8.  Plan of Distribution.................................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriters
       9.  Description of Securities to Be Registered...........  Description of Capital Stock
      10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...............                            *
      11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant...........  Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary; The
                                                                   Company; Risk Factors; Dividend Policy; Price Range
                                                                   of Common Stock; Selected Financial Data;
                                                                   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                   Condition and Results of Operations; Business;
                                                                   Management; Certain Transactions; Principal and
                                                                   Selling Shareholders; Description of Capital Stock;
                                                                   Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Financial
                                                                   Statements
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
            for Securities Act Liabilities......................                            *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
* Not applicable or answer is in the negative.
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
 PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
 ISSUED MAY 24, 1996
 
                                2,525,000 SHARES
 
      [LOGO]
                       INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                             ---------------------
OF THE 2,525,000  SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY,  1,130,000 SHARES  ARE
BEING  SOLD BY THE COMPANY  AND 1,395,000 SHARES ARE  BEING SOLD BY THE SELLING
 SHAREHOLDERS. SEE "PRINCIPAL AND SELLING  SHAREHOLDERS." THE COMPANY WILL  NOT
 RECEIVE  ANY PART  OF THE PROCEEDS  FROM THE  SALE OF SHARES  BY THE SELLING
   SHAREHOLDERS. THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK IS TRADED IN THE OVER-THE-COUNTER
   MARKET UNDER THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET SYMBOL "IMSC." THE LAST REPORTED
     SALE PRICE FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK ON MAY  23, 1996,        AS
      REPORTED  ON  THE NASDAQ  NATIONAL MARKET,  WAS  $26 PER  SHARE. SEE
                         "PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK."
 
                         ------------------------------
 
          THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
                          COMMENCING ON PAGE 6 HEREOF.
                             ---------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES  AND
 EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR  ANY   STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION   NOR  HAS  THE
  SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION
    PASSED   UPON  THE  ACCURACY   OR  ADEQUACY  OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
     REPRESENTATION    TO    THE    CONTRARY   IS   A   CRIMINAL   OFFENSE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                PRICE $  A SHARE
 
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             UNDERWRITING                            PROCEEDS TO
                                           PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND        PROCEEDS TO           SELLING
                                            PUBLIC         COMMISSIONS (1)       COMPANY (2)         SHAREHOLDERS
                                      ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                   <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
PER SHARE...........................          $                   $                   $                   $
TOTAL (3)...........................          $                   $                   $                   $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) THE  COMPANY AND  THE  SELLING SHAREHOLDERS  HAVE  AGREED TO  INDEMNIFY  THE
    UNDERWRITERS  AGAINST CERTAIN  LIABILITIES, INCLUDING  LIABILITIES UNDER THE
    SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
 
(2) BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY ESTIMATED AT $350,000.
 
(3) THE COMPANY AND  A SELLING SHAREHOLDER HAVE  GRANTED TO THE UNDERWRITERS  AN
    OPTION,  EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP TO AN
    AGGREGATE  OF  375,000  ADDITIONAL  SHARES  AT  THE  PRICE  TO  PUBLIC  LESS
    UNDERWRITING   DISCOUNTS  AND  COMMISSIONS  FOR   THE  PURPOSE  OF  COVERING
    OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE  UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE SUCH OPTION IN  FULL,
    THE  TOTAL PRICE TO PUBLIC, UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS, PROCEEDS
    TO COMPANY AND PROCEEDS TO SELLING SHAREHOLDERS WILL  BE $                 ,
    $                , $                AND $                , RESPECTIVELY. SEE
    "UNDERWRITERS."
 
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED  BY
THE  UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY WILSON  SONSINI  GOODRICH &  ROSATI,  COUNSEL  FOR THE  UNDERWRITERS.  IT  IS
EXPECTED  THAT DELIVERY OF THE SHARES WILL  BE MADE ON OR ABOUT        , 1996 AT
THE OFFICE OF MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW YORK, N.Y., AGAINST PAYMENT
THEREFOR IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
 
                            ------------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
            INCORPORATED
 
                 COWEN & COMPANY
 
                                                 SOUNDVIEW FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
 
      , 1996
<PAGE>
                         INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
                        TEST STATIONS AND TEST SOFTWARE
                       PROVIDE ENGINEERING TEST SOLUTIONS
 
                                                      THE ATS FT TEST STATION
                                                      VERIFIES
                                                      AND CHARACTERIZES COMPLEX
                                                      DIGITAL ELECTRONIC
                                                      DEVICES.
 
                        [PHOTOS/ART]
                           [INSIDE FRONT COVER PAGE]
    (1) ATS FT STATION PICTURE
    The picture portrays two  engineers reviewing test  results on IMS  Flexible
Timing  Test Station (ATS FT). The picture  shows the test station with the test
fixture, that contains  the device-under-test, on  top. The CRT  shows the  test
results in graphic form.
    (2) DANTES VIRTUAL TEST SCHEMATIC
    The  Schematic  illustrates  several  Virtual  Test  Software  functions. It
depicts the test capture  and documentation capabilities of  Dantes, as well  as
test simulation and test fixture design features.
DANTES VIRTUAL TEST SOFTWARE SIMULATES TEST, FACILITATES TEST FIXTURE DESIGN AND
DOCUMENTS THE TEST PROCESS BEFORE PROTOTYPE PRODUCTION.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE  OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH  THIS OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITERS MAY  ENGAGE IN PASSIVE
MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS  IN THE  COMMON STOCK OF  THE COMPANY  ON THE  NASDAQ
NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 10b-6A UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING  ELSEWHERE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Integrated  Measurement  Systems,  Inc. ("IMS"  or  the  "Company") designs,
manufactures, markets  and  services  a family  of  versatile,  high-performance
engineering  Test Stations  and test software  used to test  and measure complex
electronic devices. In addition,  the Company develops,  markets and supports  a
line  of  Virtual  Test  Software  that permits  design  and  test  engineers to
accelerate test program development and to conduct simulated tests of electronic
device designs prior to the fabrication of a prototype of the actual device. The
Company's products  enable  its  customers to  shorten  time-to-market,  enhance
accuracy  of  design, reduce  both the  time required  to test  and the  cost of
testing the customers' devices and provide reliable and prompt feedback to  both
design  and test engineers. Customers use the Company's products to test complex
digital and  mixed-signal  devices such  as  microprocessors,  microcontrollers,
application  specific  integrated  circuits and  multi-chip  modules. Successful
implementation of the Company's  strategy to bridge  the gap between  electronic
design  automation  ("EDA") and  automated test  equipment ("ATE")  will require
continuing product innovation, growth in market share, creating and  maintaining
strategic  relationships,  maintaining  a  high level  of  customer  service and
expanding product distribution.
 
    The Company markets and supports its products worldwide through a network of
direct sales  force  personnel,  independent distributors  and  dedicated  sales
agents  employed by  Cadence Design Systems,  Inc. ("Cadence").  The Company has
sold over  900  Test Stations  to  customers in  the  semiconductor,  aerospace,
automotive,   computer,   consumer   electronics,   datacommunications,  medical
electronics, network computing, telecommunications  and other industries.  Based
on  1995 net sales, the Company's top  five customers are: Intel, Tokyo Electron
Limited (the  Company's distributor  in Japan),  Hughes Microelectronics,  Lucky
Goldstar  and Samsung.  These five  customers represented  53% of  net sales for
1995, while the balance of net sales came from customers individually  providing
less than 3% of net sales.
 
    The  Company completed its  initial public offering of  Common Stock on July
21, 1995 at a price of $11 per share. The Company is currently a  majority-owned
subsidiary  of  Cadence  and, upon  completion  of this  Offering,  Cadence will
continue to own approximately 30% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock (27%
if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
 
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    In the first three months of 1996, the Company's net sales increased 31% and
net income increased 115%, in each case as compared to the same period of  1995.
In  October 1995, the  Company introduced two  new products in  its Test Station
product line,  the  Logic Master  ATS  FT (Digital)  and  the Logic  Master  MTS
(Mixed-Signal).  Commercial shipments  of the ATS  FT Test  Station commenced in
December 1995 and the Company currently expects to commence commercial shipments
of the MTS Test  Station in the  second half of  calendar 1996. Furthermore,  in
October  1995, the Company  announced support for  Credence mixed-signal testers
under its Virtual Test product line.
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Common Stock offered..............................  2,525,000 shares, including
                                                    1,130,000 shares by the Company and
                                                    1,395,000 shares by the Selling Shareholders
Common Stock to be outstanding after the            7,874,266 shares (1)(2)
offering..........................................
Use of proceeds...................................  For working capital and general corporate
                                                    purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
Nasdaq National Market symbol.....................  IMSC
</TABLE>
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                -------------------------------  ----------------------
                                                                  1993       1994       1995      3/31/95   3/31/96(3)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Net sales.....................................................  $  23,117  $  30,052  $  41,093  $   9,084   $  11,915
Gross margin..................................................     12,902     17,617     25,327      5,446       7,507
Operating income..............................................        162      2,981      5,469        965       2,071
Net income....................................................        131      1,910      3,535        627       1,346
Net income per share (4)......................................  $    0.02  $    0.30  $    0.53  $    0.10   $    0.19
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares
 outstanding (4)..............................................      6,366      6,366      6,685      6,366       6,922
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ----------------------------
                                                                                        ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(1)(5)
                                                                                       ---------  -----------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents............................................................  $   8,986      $  37,147
Total assets.........................................................................     36,226         64,387
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion....................................         33             33
Shareholders' equity (6).............................................................     28,460         56,621
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) Assumes  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment option  is  not  exercised.  See
    "Underwriters."
 
(2)  Reflects the issuance of 43,662 shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of
    currently outstanding options upon completion of this offering and  excludes
    an  additional  763,676 shares  of Common  Stock  issuable upon  exercise of
    outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $11.32, of which
    81,275 are exercisable.
 
(3) Results include a cumulative  charge to Cost of  service and other sales  of
    $327,000  related to  the Company's  change in  accounting method  for spare
    parts inventory.
 
(4) For an  explanation of the  determination of  the number of  shares used  in
    computing  net  income per  share,  see Note  2  of Notes  to  the Financial
    Statements.
 
(5) Adjusted to give effect to (i)  the exercise, subsequent to March 31,  1996,
    of  options to acquire 44,411  shares of Common Stock,  and (ii) the sale by
    the Company  of 1,130,000  shares of  Common Stock  offered hereby  and  the
    application  of the estimated net proceeds  therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds"
    and "Capitalization."
 
(6) The Company has never declared a cash dividend.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO  GIVE
ANY  INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN  AS CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED  UPON  AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY  THE  COMPANY,  BY  THE   SELLING
SHAREHOLDERS OR BY ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES BY ANY PERSON IN ANY
JURISDICTION  WHERE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION  WOULD BE  UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCE  CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION THAT  THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................           3
The Company................................................................................................           5
Risk Factors...............................................................................................           6
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................          13
Dividend Policy............................................................................................          13
Price Range of Common Stock................................................................................          13
Capitalization.............................................................................................          14
Selected Financial Data....................................................................................          15
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................          16
Business...................................................................................................          25
Management.................................................................................................          40
Certain Transactions.......................................................................................          50
Principal and Selling Shareholders.........................................................................          53
Description of Capital Stock...............................................................................          55
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................................................          57
Underwriters...............................................................................................          59
Legal Matters..............................................................................................          60
Experts....................................................................................................          60
Additional Information.....................................................................................          60
Index to Financial Statements..............................................................................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    Test Station  Software, Virtual  Test Software,  ATS FT  Test Station,  Time
Navigator  Software, MTS Test Station, ATS  Blazer Test Station, Logic Master XL
Test Station, MCM Test Station, Mixed-Signal Test Station, IMS Test Environment,
IMS TestVIEW, IMS-LINK, ATE-Link, Dantes and STL are trademarks of the  Company.
IMS  and the IMS logo are registered  trademarks of the Company. This Prospectus
also includes  trademarks  and tradenames  of  companies other  than  Integrated
Measurement Systems, Inc.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED HEREIN, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES
THAT THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION IS NOT EXERCISED.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Integrated  Measurement  Systems,  Inc. ("IMS"  or  the  "Company") designs,
manufactures, markets  and  services a  family  of versatile,  high  performance
engineering  test stations and  related test software  ("Test Stations") used to
test and measure complex electronic devices. In addition, the Company  develops,
markets  and supports a line of  virtual test software ("Virtual Test Software")
that permits design and  test engineers to  accelerate test program  development
and  to  conduct  simulated tests  of  electronic  device designs  prior  to the
fabrication of a prototype of the  actual device. The Company's products  enable
its customers to shorten time-to-market, enhance accuracy of design, reduce both
the  time required to  test and the  cost of testing  the customers' devices and
provide reliable  and  prompt  feedback  to  both  design  and  test  engineers.
Customers  use the Company's  products to test  complex digital and mixed-signal
devices such  as microprocessors,  microcontrollers and  other logic  integrated
circuits   ("ICs"),  application  specific  integrated  circuits  ("ASICs")  and
multi-chip modules ("MCMs").
 
    Since ICs,  ASICs and  MCMs  have become  more  complex and  competition  to
develop the newest and most powerful designs has become more intense, demand has
increased  for technologically advanced design,  test and manufacturing products
that  can  reduce  development  and   production  time  and  cost  and   shorten
time-to-market  for  next  generation technologies.  At  the front  end  of this
process, electronic design  automation ("EDA") technology  has made  significant
strides  in solving  design problems by  enabling design engineers  to make more
accurate, complex and reliable designs, at a much faster pace. On the back  end,
automated  test equipment  ("ATE") permits  testing of  physical devices  on the
manufacturing floor with high speed and accuracy.
 
    The steps between design and production include verifying and characterizing
the  physical  devices  in  the  engineering  lab  (generally  referred  to   as
"engineering  test"). The engineering test process represents a substantial part
of the entire  development cycle for  microprocessors, microcontrollers,  custom
ICs,  ASICs and MCMs. Anomalies  found within the circuits  at this stage can be
identified and redesigned, reducing the likelihood that production devices  will
contain  hidden flaws and improving production  yields. Minimal hidden flaws and
higher yield can translate into the elimination or reduction of product  recalls
and updates and reduced cost per device.
 
    The  Company's Test Stations provide  cost-effective, easy to use, versatile
and interactive systems for engineering verification and characterization, while
the Company's Virtual Test Software provides a solution to the problems inherent
in developing test programs, designing test fixtures, simulating test  processes
and documenting the process prior to the fabrication of physical prototypes. IMS
works  with leading ATE  vendors to provide complete  Virtual Test solutions for
integration between design and test and to accelerate test program development.
 
    The Company's strategy  is to bridge  the gap  between EDA and  ATE and,  in
particular,   to   design,   develop,   manufacture   and   market   innovative,
cost-effective,  high  performance  Test  Stations  and  software  to   increase
productivity,  accelerate time-to-market for new products and reduce the cost of
testing. The key elements  of the Company's  strategy include providing  product
innovation,   expanding  market   share,  creating   and  maintaining  strategic
relationships, maintaining  a  high  level of  customer  service  and  expanding
product  distribution. In  marketing its  products, the  Company targets leading
semiconductor  and   electronic   systems  companies   worldwide.   To   compete
successfully  for those markets,  IMS bases its  marketing strategy on providing
complete solutions consisting of products, training, on-site service and support
and  active  customer   involvement  in   the  Company's   product  design   and
specification process.
 
    The Company markets and supports its products worldwide through a network of
direct  sales  force personnel,  independent  distributors and  dedicated agents
employed by Cadence Design Systems,  Inc. ("Cadence"). Since its inception,  the
Company  has  sold over  900 Test  Stations to  customers in  the semiconductor,
aerospace,  automotive,  computer,  consumer  electronics,   datacommunications,
medical electronics, network computing, telecommunications and other industries.
Based  on 1995  net sales,  the Company's top  five customers  are: Intel, Tokyo
Electron Limited (the Company's distributor in Japan), Hughes  Microelectronics,
Lucky  Goldstar and Samsung.  These five customers represented  53% of net sales
for 1995,  while the  balance  of net  sales  came from  customers  individually
providing less than 3% of net sales.
 
    The  Company is currently a 55% owned subsidiary of Cadence. Upon completion
of this  offering,  Cadence  will  continue to  own  approximately  30%  of  the
Company's  outstanding  Common Stock  (27%  if the  Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in  full). The Company was  incorporated in Oregon in  1983.
The  Company operated as  an independent entity  until it was  acquired by Valid
Logic, Inc. ("Valid Logic") in 1989. In 1991, the Company became a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of Cadence as  a result of  the merger of  Valid Logic with Cadence.
Both Cadence and Valid Logic operated  the Company as a separate subsidiary.  On
July 21, 1995, the Company completed an initial public offering of Common Stock,
in which 375,000 shares were sold by the Company, and 2,615,000 shares were sold
by  Cadence, at a  price of $11  per share. The  Company's executive offices are
located at 9525 S.W.  Gemini Drive, Beaverton, Oregon  97008, and its  telephone
number is (503) 626-7117.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY SHOULD CAREFULLY
CONSIDER THE  FOLLOWING  RISK  FACTORS  IN ADDITION  TO  THE  OTHER  INFORMATION
PRESENTED  IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS  PROSPECTUS CONTAINS CERTAIN INFORMATION AND
TREND ANALYSIS  THAT  CONSTITUTE  "FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS"  AS  DEFINED  IN
SECTION  27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF  1933, AS AMENDED, WHICH INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. THE  COMPANY'S  ACTUAL RESULTS  MAY  DIFFER MATERIALLY  FROM  THE
RESULTS  DESCRIBED IN THE  FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS  THAT MIGHT CAUSE
SUCH A  DIFFERENCE INCLUDE,  BUT ARE  NOT  LIMITED TO,  THOSE DISCUSSED  IN  THE
FOLLOWING  RISK FACTORS AND IN MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
 
    FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS.  The Company's results of operations have
fluctuated and may continue to fluctuate  from period to period, depending on  a
number of factors including the volume and mix of products sold to the Company's
customers,  the timing  and shipment  of significant  orders, the  timing of new
product introductions,  the timing  of expenditures  in anticipation  of  future
sales,  the length of  sales cycles and  the cyclical nature  of high technology
industries. The Company derives a substantial portion of its net sales from  the
sale  of Test  Stations which  typically range  in price  from $200,000  to $1.2
million per unit and may be priced as high as $1.8 million for a single unit. As
a result, the  receipt of  a single  order, and the  timing of  the receipt  and
shipment  of a single order  can have a significant  impact on the Company's net
sales and  results  of  operations  for a  particular  period.  Historically,  a
substantial  portion of the Company's net sales  have been realized near the end
of each quarter, reflecting the purchasing patterns of high technology companies
in making capital  expenditures. Therefore,  the Company's  quarterly sales  and
results  of operations may  be negatively impacted  if an order  is received too
late in  a given  quarter to  permit  product shipment  and the  recognition  of
revenue  during  that quarter.  In addition,  the  Company's product  sales have
fluctuated based on seasonal factors, such as customers' capital budget approval
cycles in the first calendar quarter, holidays in Europe and the U.S. during the
third calendar  quarter, among  other  factors. As  a  result, the  Company  has
historically  experienced relative declines  in product sales  for the first and
third quarters and relative increases in product sales for the second and fourth
quarters. The Company expects that seasonal fluctuation will continue to  affect
the  Company's results of operations in future periods. A significant portion of
the Company's operating  expenses are  relatively fixed in  nature, and  planned
expenditures  are based in part on anticipated orders. In addition, the need for
continued expenditures  for  research,  development  and  engineering  makes  it
difficult  to reduce  expenses in  a particular  quarter if  the Company's sales
goals for that  quarter are not  met. The inability  to reduce spending  quickly
enough  to compensate for any revenue shortfall would magnify the adverse impact
of such revenue shortfall on the  Company's results of operations. In  addition,
announcements by the Company or its competitors of new products and technologies
may  cause customers to defer purchases of the Company's existing systems, which
could have a  material adverse effect  on the Company's  results of  operations.
Results  of operations in any period should  not be considered indicative of the
results to be  expected for  any future  period, and  fluctuations in  operating
results  may also result  in fluctuations in  the price of  the Company's Common
Stock. There can be no assurance that the Company will remain profitable in  any
future  period. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
 
    CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION.  A relatively small number of customers account  for
a  significant percentage of the Company's sales  volume and net sales. The loss
of a major  customer or  any reduction in  orders by  such customers,  including
reductions  due  to  market or  competitive  conditions, would  have  a material
adverse effect on  the Company's  business, financial condition  and results  of
operations.  Moreover, the Company's future success will depend in part upon its
ability to obtain orders from new customers, as well as the financial  condition
and  success of its customers and the  general economy. Based on 1995 net sales,
the Company's  top  five  customers  are: Intel,  Tokyo  Electron  Limited  (the
Company's  distributor in  Japan), Hughes  Microelectronics, Lucky  Goldstar and
Samsung. These five customers represented 53%  of net sales for 1995, while  the
balance  of net sales came from customers individually providing less than 3% of
net sales. For the years  ended December 31, 1993, 1994  and 1995 and the  first
three months of 1996, sales to Intel represented approximately 16%, 22%, 30% and
47%  of the Company's net  sales, respectively. For the  year ended December 31,
1993 and  the  first three  months  of 1996,  sales  to Tokyo  Electron  Limited
represented  12% and  10%, respectively,  of the  Company's net  sales. No other
customer or distributor accounted for
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
more than  10% of  the Company's  net sales  during the  periods indicated.  The
Company  expects that a limited number of customers will continue to account for
a high percentage  of the Company's  net sales for  the foreseeable future.  See
"Business -- Markets and Customers."
 
    TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; IMPORTANCE OF TIMELY PRODUCT INTRODUCTION.  The market
for electronic design and test equipment is characterized by rapid technological
change  requiring  significant expenditures  for  new product  introductions and
enhancements to existing products. The  Company's ability to remain  competitive
in  this market will depend in significant part upon its ability to successfully
develop  and  introduce  new   products  and  enhancements   on  a  timely   and
cost-effective  basis that  keep pace with  technological developments, evolving
industry standards and methodologies,  and the increasingly sophisticated  needs
of  the Company's customers.  The success of  the Company in  developing new and
enhanced products depends upon a variety of factors, including, but not  limited
to,  its continued ability  to adequately fund  new product developments, timely
and efficient completion of product design, timely and efficient  implementation
of  manufacturing and assembly processes  and product performance and acceptance
at customer locations.  Because commitments  to develop  new products  generally
must  be made well  in advance of  sales, new product  decisions must anticipate
both future demand and  the availability of technology  to satisfy such  demand.
Further   technological  advances,  such  as   the  successful  introduction  by
competitors of alternatives to Test Stations or Virtual Test Software, may cause
a decline in the demand for and sales of the Company's products. There can be no
assurance that the Company  will be successful in  developing and marketing  new
products and product enhancements that respond to technological change, evolving
industry standards and changing customer requirements; that the Company will not
experience  difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development,
introduction and  marketing of  these products;  or that  its new  products  and
product  enhancements will adequately  meet the requirements  of the marketplace
and achieve  market  acceptance.  In  particular,  the  Company's  Virtual  Test
Software  alternative to traditional methods of developing test programs for the
testing of complex electronic  devices on expensive test  equipment has not  yet
achieved  widespread market acceptance. In addition, since Virtual Test Software
was first  developed by  Cadence, expansion  of the  market will  depend on  the
Company's  ability to successfully  market services and  provide upgrades to its
Virtual Test Software, which predominately operates in conjunction with  Cadence
software  tools. Failure of the Company,  for technological or other reasons, to
develop and introduce  new products  and product  enhancements in  a timely  and
cost-effective  manner would  have a  material adverse  effect on  the Company's
business, financial condition  and results  of operations.  The introduction  of
products embodying new technologies or changes in industry standards or customer
requirements   could  render  the  Company's   existing  products  obsolete  and
unmarketable. There can  be no assurance  that the announcement  of new  product
offerings  or changes in existing product  standards will not cause customers to
defer purchases of existing Company  products, which could adversely affect  the
Company's results of operations.
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON SINGLE AND SOLE SOURCE SUPPLIERS.  The Company purchases many
key components from sole or single source vendors for which alternative  sources
are  not currently available.  The inability to  develop alternative sources for
these single or  sole source components  or to obtain  sufficient quantities  of
these components could result in delays or reductions in product shipments which
would  adversely affect the Company's  business, financial condition and results
of operations.  In  the  event of  a  reduction  or interruption  of  supply,  a
significant  amount of  time, in  some cases  as much  as twelve  to twenty-four
months, would be required  to accommodate these  alternative suppliers. In  such
event,  the Company's operating results  would be materially adversely affected.
In addition, the manufacture of these  components is extremely complex, and  the
Company's  reliance on the suppliers of  these components exposes the Company to
potential production difficulties and quality variations, which could negatively
impact pricing,  timely  delivery  and quality  of  acceptable  components.  For
example,  the Company depends on a sole sourced custom integrated circuit in one
of its Test Stations.  In 1994, significant portions  of new deliveries of  this
part  did  not meet  specifications, thereby  resulting  in Test  Stations being
unable to detect failures when operating  at speeds below 10 MHz. Recently,  the
Company  experienced late delivery of IC components used in the driver module of
certain of  its  Test Stations.  In  addition,  the limits  within  which  these
components  operated required the  Company to change  its product specifications
for those Test Stations. The Company  has thus far avoided any material  adverse
impact  on timing  of customer deliveries  for its Test  Stations resulting from
such supply problems. However,  no assurance can be  given that supply  problems
will not recur or, if such
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
problems do recur, that satisfactory solutions would be available. Any prolonged
inability to obtain adequate amounts of fully functional components or any other
circumstances  that would  require the  Company to  seek alternative  sources of
supply would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operation and could damage the Company's  relationships
with its customers. See "Business -- Manufacturing."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON THIRD PARTY  MANUFACTURERS.  The Company  relies on a limited
number of independent manufacturers to provide certain components and assemblies
made to the Company's specifications and used in the Company's products. In  the
event   that  the   Company's  subcontractors  were   to  experience  financial,
operational, production  or quality  assurance  difficulties or  a  catastrophic
event that resulted in a reduction or interruption in supply to the Company, the
Company's  operating results  would be  materially adversely  affected until the
Company was able to establish  sufficient manufacturing supply from  alternative
sources.  There can be no assurance  that alternative manufacturing sources will
be  able  to  meet  the  Company's  future  requirements  or  that  existing  or
alternative  sources will continue  to be available to  the Company at favorable
prices. See "Business -- Manufacturing."
 
    FUTURE CAPITAL NEEDS.   Development  and manufacture of  new Test  Stations,
enhancements  to existing Test  Stations and the  further development of Virtual
Test Software require a  substantial investment of  funds. Additional funds  may
also  be  required  to  satisfy  the  Company's  cash  requirements  for  future
generations of  products  and  the Company's  working  capital  needs.  Possible
fluctuations  in operating results of the Company  may delay the funding of some
new products.  Such  a  delay may  have  a  material adverse  impact  on  future
operating  and financial results. Following the completion of this offering, the
Company may be unable to obtain financing  on favorable terms due to the  change
in  its  relationship  with Cadence.  See  "Use of  Proceeds"  and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    IMPLEMENTATION OF NEW INFORMATION SYSTEM.   The Company is currently in  the
process  of  implementing  a  new information  system  to  handle  the Company's
financial,  accounting  and  production  planning  and  control  functions.   No
assurance can be given that the implementation of this system will not result in
significant  disruptions to  the Company's  business, such  as the  loss of data
while converting systems, errors in planning production requirements, delays  in
the  Company's  ability to  timely effect  periodic  closings of  its accounting
records and  other similar  problems. Any  such disruptions  or any  failure  to
successfully implement this new information system in a timely manner could have
a  material adverse  effect on  the Company's  business, financial  condition or
results of operations.
 
    UNCERTAINTIES WITH RESPECT TO INDEPENDENT CORPORATE STATUS.  The Company was
independent from its inception in 1983 to February 1989, when it was acquired by
Valid Logic. As a  subsidiary of Valid  Logic, the timing  of the Company's  new
product  development  and  introductions  was  substantially  influenced  by the
capital needs  of  Valid  Logic,  and those  decisions  affected  the  Company's
financial performance. In 1991, Valid Logic merged with Cadence, and the Company
became  a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cadence.  Cadence currently owns 55% of the
Company's outstanding  Common  Stock.  Following  this  offering,  Cadence  will
continue  to own  approximately 30%  of the Company's  Common Stock  (27% if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Due to its  ownership
history, the Company's operating history during prior periods cannot necessarily
be  regarded as  indicative of  the Company's  prospects as  a fully independent
company. For example, the Company  may no longer be able  to rely on or  benefit
from  its  relationship with  Cadence  to obtain  credit  or favorable  terms of
purchase from  suppliers.  Following  the consummation  of  this  offering,  the
Company  will continue to be responsible for  the services that were provided by
Cadence prior to the  Company's initial public  offering, including legal,  tax,
risk  management and distribution services in  a number of markets. In addition,
the Company will  continue to rely  on certain Cadence  services provided  under
Joint  Sales Agency and Corporate Services  Agreements. For example, the Company
currently sells and supports its products  in Europe, Israel and Taiwan  through
12  Cadence employees  located in  Cadence facilities  and who  act as dedicated
agents of the Company under the terms of the Corporate Services Agreement. There
can be no assurance that the Company will retain the services of such  dedicated
agents  for the  term of  the Corporate  Services Agreement  or that replacement
personnel could be  retained on  a timely  basis, if at  all. The  loss of  such
personnel  and the failure  to attract and retain  replacement employees, or the
costs   associated   with   hiring    new   sales   personnel   and    providing
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
adequate  facilities and benefits to such employees would likely have a material
adverse effect on  the Company's  business, financial condition  and results  of
operations.  There can be no assurance that the transition to a more independent
corporate status will  not adversely  affect the  Company's business,  financial
condition  or results of operations. In  addition, the Company's ability to work
cooperatively with companies in related industries can be expected to change, to
the  extent  such  other  companies  recognize  the  change  in  the   Company's
relationship  with Cadence. The Company could  find it more difficult to recruit
skilled people or obtain customers to whom the Company's status as a  subsidiary
of  Cadence has been important. No assurance can be given that such factors will
not have  a  material  adverse  affect  on  the  Company's  business,  financial
condition  or  results  of  operations  in  future  periods.  See  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations"  and
"Certain Transactions."
 
    HIGHLY  COMPETITIVE INDUSTRY.  The electronic design and test industries are
intensely  competitive.   The  Company   faces  substantial   competition   from
manufacturers   located  throughout   the  world.   Certain  of   the  Company's
competitors, including  Hewlett-Packard, have  substantially greater  financial,
technical  and  marketing  resources,  greater  name  recognition  and  a larger
installed customer base than the  Company. New product introductions or  product
announcements  by the  Company's competitors could  cause a decline  in sales or
loss of  market  acceptance  of  the  Company's  existing  or  future  products.
Moreover,  increased competitive pressure could  lead to intensified price-based
competition, which  could  have  a  material adverse  effect  on  the  Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company experiences
competition  in  the  verification  segment  of  its  business  principally from
Hewlett-Packard. In the  characterization segment of  its business, the  Company
competes with a number of other test companies, including certain ATE companies.
In  addition, no assurance can be given that other companies, including Cadence,
which retains certain rights to the Virtual Test Software technology, and  other
EDA  companies,  will not  enter into  the Virtual  Test Software  business. The
Company believes that,  in order  to remain  competitive, significant  financial
investments  in new product development and customer service and support will be
required. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to access  the
necessary  financing or to compete successfully  in the future. See "Business --
Competition."
 
    Significant  delays  have  occurred  in  the  past  between  the   Company's
introduction  of a  new system  and the  commencement by  the Company  of volume
production of such system. No assurance can be given that difficulties will  not
arise  in the  future with  respect to  the introduction  and production  of the
Company's products and that delays in such processes would not adversely  affect
future  business,  financial condition  and results  of operations.  The Company
believes that  continued  market  acceptance  of  its  current  generation  Test
Stations,  and acceptance of its future generation  Test Stations, as well as of
its Virtual Test Software,  are of critical importance  to its future  financial
results. To the extent that these products are not introduced in a timely manner
or  do not achieve significant  sales due to lack  of customer acceptance, or if
the Company is unable to correct any technical or other difficulties  associated
with  these  products or  produce the  volume of  products necessary  to satisfy
customer demand, or if the introduction and production of its products fails for
any other reason,  the Company's  business, financial condition  and results  of
operations would be materially adversely affected. See "Business -- Research and
Development" and " -- Competition."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's future operating results depend
in significant part upon the continued services of its key technical and  senior
management personnel. The Company's future operating results also depend in part
upon its ability to attract and retain qualified management, technical and sales
and  support personnel  for its  operations. Competition  for such  personnel is
intense, and the Company may find it difficult to attract key talent in a timely
and  efficient  manner.  Many  of  the  Company's  employees  continue  to  hold
previously  issued options to acquire Cadence Common Stock, which are subject to
vesting under Cadence's stock option plans. However, no new Cadence options will
be issued to the Company's employees. The loss of any key employee, the  failure
of  any key employee to perform in his  or her current position or the Company's
inability to attract and retain  skilled employees, as needed, could  materially
adversely  affect  the Company's  business, financial  condition and  results of
operations. See "Business -- Employees."
 
    PROPRIETARY RIGHTS.   The Company's  success is heavily  dependent upon  its
proprietary  technology. The  Company does  not currently  have any  patents and
historically has relied principally on trade secret and
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
copyright law to protect its technology. The Company's policy has been to  enter
into  nondisclosure/  confidentiality  agreements  with  its  employees,  and it
generally enters into agreements with  third parties that likewise limit  access
to  and distribution of  its proprietary information. There  can be no assurance
that the steps  taken by  the Company will  provide adequate  protection of  its
technology  or  that  competitors  will  not  be  able  to  develop  similar  or
functionally equivalent  technology.  In the  future,  the Company  may  receive
notice  of claims of infringement of other parties' proprietary rights and there
can be  no assurance  that  infringement or  invalidity  claims (or  claims  for
indemnification  resulting from infringement claims  against third parties, such
as customers)  will  not  be asserted  against  the  Company or  that  any  such
assertions  will not have  a material adverse affect  on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations. Several of the Company's customers
have informed  the  Company that  they  have  received letters  from  Jerome  H.
Lemelson  alleging that certain equipment used  in the manufacture of electronic
devices infringes certain patents issued to Mr. Lemelson relating to  electronic
manufacturing  technologies. Such  customers may  seek indemnification  from the
Company for any  damages and expenses  resulting from this  matter. The  Company
cannot  predict the outcome of this or any  similar claim or its effect upon the
Company, and there can be no assurance  that any such litigation or claim  would
not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  business, financial
condition or  results  of operations.  If  any  Company equipment  is  found  to
infringe a patent, a court may grant an injunction to prevent making, selling or
using  the equipment in the  United States. Irrespective of  the validity or the
success of such claims, the Company  could incur significant costs with  respect
to  the  defense thereof  which  could have  a  material adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. If any  claims
or  actions are asserted against  the Company, the Company  may seek to obtain a
license of such  third party's  intellectual property  rights. There  can be  no
assurance,  however, that under such circumstances, a license would be available
under reasonable terms or at all.
 
    The Company hires employees who have previously been employed by competitors
of the Company,  and hires contractors  who have previously  performed work  for
competitors  of the  Company. Some of  these competitors  include companies with
whom the Company has in the  past held detailed business discussions,  including
in-depth  due diligence. The Company's policy with respect to such employees and
contractors is to assure that they do  not work in areas directly equivalent  to
their  former  employment  for  the  express  duration  of  any  post-employment
covenants that  such employees  and  contractors may  have with  their  previous
employer,   and  in  general,  to  require   all  its  employees  to  adhere  to
confidentiality obligations owed previous employers.  There can be no  assurance
that  such policies  will be  sufficient to  prevent claims  from being asserted
against the Company by previous  employers of Company employees or  consultants,
or that such claims would not ultimately prove successful. Such claims, if made,
could  have  a  material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
    GENERAL ECONOMIC  AND MARKET  CONDITIONS; CYCLICALITY.   The  industries  in
which  the Company competes and the markets  that it serves are highly cyclical.
During recent years, segments of these industries, including the  semiconductor,
aerospace,   automotive,  computer,  consumer  electronics,  datacommunications,
medical electronics, network computing and telecommunications, industries,  have
experienced  significant economic downturns from time to time. The semiconductor
industry is  particularly  volatile due  to  rapid technological  change,  short
product  life  cycles, fluctuations  in manufacturing  capacity and  pricing and
gross margin pressures. The  Company's operations may  in the future  experience
substantial fluctuations from period to period as a consequence of such industry
patterns,  general economic conditions affecting the timing of orders from major
customers and  other  factors  affecting  capital  spending.  There  can  be  no
assurance  that such  factors will  not have  a material  adverse effect  on the
Company's  business,  financial   condition  or  results   of  operations.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations."
 
    LENGTHY SALES CYCLE.  Sales of the Company's products depend in  significant
part  upon the  decision of  companies in  technology industries  to develop and
manufacture new electronic devices or  to increase manufacturing capacity. As  a
result,  sales  of the  Company's Test  Stations and  Virtual Test  Software are
subject to a variety of factors  outside the Company's control, such as  general
economic downturns. In addition, the decision to purchase the Company's products
generally involves a significant commitment of
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
capital,  with  the  attendant  delays  frequently  associated  with significant
capital expenditures.  For  these and  other  reasons, sales  of  the  Company's
systems   have  lengthy  sales  cycles  during  which  the  Company  may  expend
substantial funds and  management effort  to secure  a sale.  This subjects  the
Company  to a number  of significant risks,  including fluctuations in operating
results, over which the Company has little control.
 
    INTERNATIONAL SALES.  International  sales accounted for approximately  33%,
40%,  32% and 30%  of the Company's net  sales for the  years ended December 31,
1993,  1994  and  1995,  and  for  the  three  months  ended  March  31,   1996,
respectively,  and the Company expects that international sales will continue to
account  for  a  significant  portion  of  its  net  sales  in  future  periods.
International  sales are  subject to  certain inherent  risks including tariffs,
embargoes and  other barriers,  difficulties in  staffing and  managing  foreign
sales and service operations, difficulties in managing distributors, potentially
adverse  tax consequences, the possibility  of difficulty in collecting accounts
receivable and potential foreign currency fluctuations. In addition, the Company
relies  on  dedicated  agents   employed  by  Cadence   for  sales  in   certain
international  markets. See "Business --Marketing and Distribution." The Company
is also subject to risks associated with legislation and regulations relating to
the import or export  of high technology products.  The export of the  Company's
products  to certain  countries is  limited by  law. The  Company cannot predict
whether quotas,  duties,  taxes  or  other  charges  or  restrictions  upon  the
importation  or  exportation of  the Company's  products in  the future  will be
implemented by the United States or any other country. Fluctuations in  currency
exchange  rates could  cause the  Company's products  to become  relatively more
expensive to customers in a particular country, leading to a reduction in  sales
or profitability in that country. Furthermore, future international activity may
result  in higher proportion of foreign  currency denominated sales, and in such
event  gains  and  losses  on  the  conversion  to  U.S.  dollars  arising  from
international operations may contribute to fluctuations in the Company's results
of operations. In addition, international sales typically are adversely affected
in  the third quarter of each year  as many customers and end-users reduce their
business activities during the summer months. There can be no assurance that any
of these  factors will  not have  a  material adverse  effect on  the  Company's
business,  financial  condition  and results  of  operations.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    CONCENTRATION  OF  STOCK  OWNERSHIP.    Following  the  completion  of  this
offering,  Cadence  will beneficially  own approximately  30% (27%  assuming the
Underwriters' over-allotment option  is exercised  in full)  of the  outstanding
shares   of  Common  Stock  of  the  Company.  Cadence  will  continue  to  have
considerable representation  on  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  and  will
continue   to  have  significant  influence  on  the  Company's  direction.  See
"Management --  Directors,  Executive  Officers  and  Key  Employees,"  "Certain
Transactions" and "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
 
    EFFECT  OF  CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER  PROVISIONS.   Certain  provisions  of the
Company's Restated  Articles of  Incorporation ("Restated  Articles"),  Restated
Bylaws  ("Restated  Bylaws")  and  the  Oregon  Business  Corporation  Act  will
effectively make it more difficult for a  third party to acquire control of  the
Company  through either a  tender offer or  a proxy contest  for the election of
directors. The Oregon Control Share Act  and the Business Combination Act  limit
the  ability of  parties who  acquire a  significant amount  of voting  stock to
exercise control of the  Company. In addition,  the Company's Restated  Articles
and Restated Bylaws contain provisions which (i) classify the Board of Directors
into  three classes, with one  class being elected each  year, (ii) provide that
directors may be removed by shareholders only  for cause and only upon the  vote
of  75% of the votes then entitled to  be cast for the election of directors and
(iii) permit the Board to establish  the rights, preferences and privileges  of,
and  to issue, preferred stock  without shareholders' approval. These provisions
may have the effect  of lengthening the  time required for  a person to  acquire
control  of the Company through a proxy contest or the election of a majority of
the Board of Directors and may deter  efforts to obtain control of the  Company.
See "Description of Capital Stock -- Common Stock" and
"--  Oregon Control Share and  Business Combination Statutes; Certain Provisions
of Restated Articles."
 
    ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS.  The Company has not declared or paid dividends on its
Common Stock, except for the declaration of a non-cash dividend for the  purpose
of  settling intercompany accounts with Cadence. The Company does not anticipate
paying cash  dividends with  respect  to the  Common  Stock in  the  foreseeable
future. See "Dividend Policy."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.  Sales of the Company's Common Stock in the
public market after this offering could adversely affect the market price of the
Company's  Common Stock. Upon completion of this offering, the Company will have
approximately 7,874,266 shares of Common  Stock outstanding, of which  5,516,604
shares  (5,891,604 if  the Underwriters'  over-allotment option  is exercised in
full) will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under  the
Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the "Securities  Act"), unless such shares
are held by "affiliates"  of the Company,  as that term is  defined in Rule  144
under  the  Securities  Act.  Upon completion  of  this  offering,  Cadence will
continue to  hold  approximately  2,365,350  shares  (2,160,350  shares  if  the
Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised in full), and will be eligible
to sell these  shares in  the public  market pursuant  to Rule  144, subject  to
certain  contractual restrictions on resale,  including lock-up agreements under
which the  Company,  officers and  directors  of  the Company  and  the  Selling
Shareholders  have  agreed,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  not  to  sell or
otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a period of 120 days after the date
of this Prospectus. However, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may, in its  sole
discretion, at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares
subject  to lock-up  agreements. In addition,  Cadence will  have certain rights
with respect to  registration of such  shares of  Common Stock for  sale to  the
public.  Sales  of  Common  Stock  by  Cadence  in  the  public  market,  or the
availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the market price of
the Common Stock.  In addition,  763,676 shares  are issuable  upon exercise  of
outstanding  options granted  under the Company's  stock option plans  as of the
date of this prospectus.  The Company currently intends  to file a  Registration
Statement  on Form S-8 covering an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock
reserved for issuance under its stock option plans in order to permit the resale
of such shares issued  upon the exercise  of such options  in the public  market
without  restriction. The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-8
covering 250,000 shares  that have  been reserved  for issuance  under its  1995
Employee  Stock Purchase Plan permitting the resale of such shares in the public
market without restriction under  the Securities Act.  See "Management --  Stock
Option  Plans," "-- 1995 Employee Stock  Purchase Plan," "Description of Capital
Stock -- Registration Rights" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
    POSSIBLE VOLATILITY  OF  STOCK  PRICE.    The  Company's  Common  Stock  has
experienced  significant price volatility  and such volatility  may occur in the
future, particularly as a result of announcements of developments related to the
Company's business, fluctuations in the Company's financial results and  general
conditions  in  the electronic  design  and test  industries,  the semiconductor
industry or  the economy.  In addition,  in  recent years  the stock  market  in
general, and the market for shares of small capitalization stocks in particular,
have  experienced extreme price fluctuations, which have often been unrelated to
the  operating  performance  of  affected  companies.  Such  fluctuations  could
adversely  affect the  market price  of the  Company's Common  Stock. See "Price
Range of Common Stock" and "Underwriters."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to  the Company from  the sale of  the 1,130,000 shares  of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed public offering of $26
per  share after deducting estimated  underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses)  are estimated  to be  approximately $27.5  million
(approximately $31.7 million assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised  in full). The Company will not  receive any proceeds from the sale of
Common Stock by the Selling Shareholders.
 
    The principal purposes of this offering are to increase the Company's equity
capital, which is a competitive factor in the semiconductor equipment  industry,
expand the public market for the Common Stock and to facilitate future access to
public  equity markets. Although the Company intends to use the net proceeds for
working capital and for general corporate purposes, the Company currently has no
specific plans for  the net proceeds  of this  offering. The Company  may use  a
portion  of the  net proceeds to  acquire complementary  businesses, products or
technologies; however,  it  currently  has no  commitments  or  agreements  with
respect to such transactions.
 
    Pending  the above uses, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds from
this offering in short-term investment grade, interest-bearing securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has never declared or  paid cash dividends on its Common  Stock.
On  March 31,  1995, the  Company declared a  $1.0 million  non-cash dividend to
Cadence for the purpose of settling intercompany accounts. The Company currently
intends to retain the earnings from its operations for use in the operation  and
expansion  of its  business and does  not anticipate paying  cash dividends with
respect to the Common Stock in the forseeable future. The payment of any  future
dividends  will be determined by the Board of Directors in light of then current
conditions, including the Company's earnings and financial condition.
 
                          PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The Company's Common Stock is traded over-the-counter on the Nasdaq National
Market under  the  symbol  "IMSC."  The Company  completed  its  initial  public
offering  of Common Stock  on July 21,  1995, at a  price of $11  per share. The
following table sets forth,  for the periods indicated,  the high and low  sales
prices for the Company's Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              HIGH        LOW
                                                                           ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                        <C>         <C>
FISCAL 1995
  Third Quarter (from July 21, 1995).....................................  $      165/8 $      123/8
  Fourth Quarter.........................................................         153/4        115/8
FISCAL 1996
  First Quarter..........................................................         17          121/2
  Second Quarter (through May 23, 1996)..................................         273/4        155/8
</TABLE>
 
    On May 23, 1996, the last reported sale price for the Company's Common Stock
as  reported by the  Nasdaq National Market was  $26 per share.  As of March 15,
1996, there were approximately 1,575 shareholders who held beneficial  interests
in  shares of Common  Stock registered in  nominee names of  banks and brokerage
houses.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of March
31, 1996 and as adjusted to give effect to (i) the exercise, subsequent to March
31, 1996, of options to acquire 44,411 shares of Common Stock, and (ii) the sale
of the 1,130,000  shares of Common  Stock offered  by the Company  hereby at  an
assumed  public  offering  price of  $26  per share,  after  deducting estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions  and estimated offering expenses  payable
by the Company, and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion (1).....................................  $      33   $      33
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, par value $.01, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
   outstanding, actual and as adjusted....................................................     --          --
  Common stock, par value $.01, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 6,699,855 shares issued and
   outstanding, actual; 7,874,266 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted (2)..........         67          79
  Additional paid-in capital..............................................................     21,097      49,246
  Retained earnings.......................................................................      7,296       7,296
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total shareholders' equity............................................................     28,460      56,621
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total capitalization..................................................................  $  28,493      56,654
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) See Note 3 of Notes to the Financial Statements.
 
(2)   Excludes  718,812  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of
    outstanding options as  of March  31, 1996  at a  weighted average  exercise
    price of $10.22 per share, of which 112,302 were then exercisable.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  statement of income  data presented below  for each of  the three years
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the balance sheet data as of December
31, 1994 and  1995 are  derived from the  financial statements  of the  Company,
which  are included elsewhere in this Prospectus and have been audited by Arthur
Andersen LLP,  independent  public accountants,  whose  report thereon  also  is
included  herein. The balance sheet data as  of December 31, 1991, 1992 and 1993
and the  statement of  income data  for the  year ended  December 31,  1992  are
derived  from financial statements not included in this Prospectus and have been
audited by Arthur Andersen LLP. The statement of income data for the year  ended
December 31, 1991 and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and March 31,
1996  and the balance  sheet data as  of March 31,  1995 and March  31, 1996 are
unaudited and have  been derived from  the Company's books  and records. In  the
opinion  of  management, all  adjustments, consisting  only of  normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information are set  forth
herein.  The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 1996 are
not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.  The
Company  has never declared a cash  dividend. The selected financial data should
be read in conjunction with  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of  Financial
Condition  and Results  of Operations"  and the  Financial Statements  and Notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                            -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                              1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995      1996(1)
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Product sales.............................  $  17,129  $  19,221  $  19,357  $  23,981  $  33,076  $   7,304  $   9,170
Service and other sales...................      3,034      3,154      3,760      6,071      8,017      1,780      2,745
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net sales.............................     20,163     22,375     23,117     30,052     41,093      9,084     11,915
Cost of product sales.....................      7,548      8,677      8,616     10,090     12,827      2,949      3,213
Cost of service and other sales...........      1,030      1,556      1,599      2,345      2,939        689      1,195
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total cost of sales...................      8,578     10,233     10,215     12,435     15,766      3,638      4,408
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross margin..............................     11,585     12,142     12,902     17,617     25,327      5,446      7,507
Operating expenses:
  Research, development and
   engineering............................      3,215      3,117      3,130      3,664      6,177      1,309      1,988
  Selling, general and administrative.....      7,277      7,776      9,610     10,972     13,681      3,172      3,448
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses..............     10,492     10,893     12,740     14,636     19,858      4,481      5,436
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income..........................      1,093      1,249        162      2,981      5,469        965      2,071
Other income, net.........................        244        130         71        114        319         51        101
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before income taxes................      1,337      1,379        233      3,095      5,788      1,016      2,172
Provision for income taxes................        557        539        102      1,185      2,253        389        826
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income................................  $     780  $     840  $     131  $   1,910  $   3,535  $     627  $   1,346
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income per share (2)..................  $    0.12  $    0.13  $    0.02  $    0.30  $    0.53  $    0.10  $    0.19
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average number of common and
 common equivalent shares outstanding
 (2)......................................      6,366      6,366      6,366      6,366      6,685      6,366      6,922
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                DECEMBER 31,                            MARCH 31,
                                            -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                              1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.................  $   1,986  $   1,872  $   1,290  $   4,384  $   8,930  $   5,021  $   8,986
Working capital...........................      9,428      9,270      8,347     10,903     17,588     10,683     20,181
Total assets..............................     16,491     18,065     18,565     22,662     35,001     23,453     36,226
Capital lease obligations, net of current
 portion..................................         10     --            109         83         54        122         33
Shareholders' equity......................     13,655     14,601     15,104     18,269     26,484     18,045     28,460
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
 
(1) Results include a cumulative  charge to Cost of  service and other sales  of
    $327,000  related to  the Company's  change in  accounting method  for spare
    parts inventory.
 
(2) For  an explanation  of a  determination of  the number  of shares  used  in
    computing  net  income per  share,  see Note  2  of Notes  to  the Financial
    Statements.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following discussion  and analysis  should be read  in conjunction  with
Selected  Financial Data  and the Company's  Financial Statements  and the Notes
thereto included  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.  Except  for  the  historical
information contained herein, the discussion in this Prospectus contains certain
trend analysis and other information which constitute forward-looking statements
that  involve  risks  and uncertainties,  such  as statements  of  the Company's
objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in  this
Prospectus  should be  read as being  applicable to  all related forward-looking
statements wherever they appear in this Prospectus. The Company's actual results
could differ  materially from  those discussed  herein due  to numerous  factors
including  those  discussed  in  "Risk  Factors,"  as  well  as  those discussed
elsewhere herein.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company  was founded  in 1983  to design  and develop  engineering  Test
Stations  to test and measure complex electronic devices at the prototype stage.
The Company was acquired by Cadence in 1991  as a result of the merger of  Valid
Logic  into Cadence, in  a transaction accounted  for as a  pooling. Cadence has
operated the Company as a separate subsidiary.
 
    In July 1995, the Company successfully completed an initial public  offering
of  common  stock, yielding  net proceeds  to  the Company  and Cadence  of $3.3
million and $26.6  million, respectively.  Cadence currently owns  55.4% of  the
outstanding  common  stock of  the Company,  with  the remaining  44.6% publicly
owned.
 
    The Company has been  profitable for each  of the last  eight years and  has
financed  its business  activities during  that period  principally through cash
generated from its own operations. The  Company's net sales have increased  each
of  the last  three years, with  1995 net  sales increasing 77.8%  over 1993 net
sales. This sales growth, combined with more moderate percentage growth in  cost
of  sales and  operating expenses,  has resulted in  increases in  net income of
$131,000, $1.9 million, $3.5 million, and $1.3 million for 1993, 1994, 1995, and
the first three  months of  1996, respectively. The  increase in  net sales  has
resulted  from  the  Company's  design  and  development  of  new  products  and
enhancements of existing products, the growth of the complex device market which
the Company serves, and successful penetration into foreign markets.
 
    During the last three years, the  Company has generated most of its  revenue
from  sales of  its Logic Master,  XL, ATS  and ATS Blazer  Test Station product
families and related  software. In  1994, the Company  began generating  revenue
from  the sale of Virtual Test Software  and related services. For the year 1995
and the first three months of 1996, Virtual Test software accounted for 4.6% and
7.5% of  the Company's  net sales,  respectively. Introduced  during the  fourth
quarter  of 1995,  the Company's  ATS FT  Test Station  generated 14.9%  of 1995
annual net sales, and 28.3% of net sales for the first three months of 1996. The
Company also generates revenue from selling maintenance contracts, installation,
consulting services,  training and  refurbishment services.  The Company  has  a
program  for identifying obsolete  inventory as new  products are introduced and
systematically  provides  reserves  for  such  obsolescence  in  its   financial
statements.
 
    Future  operating results will depend on  many factors, including demand for
the Company's products, the introduction of  new products by the Company and  by
its competitors, the Company's ability to operate independently from Cadence and
industry  acceptance of  Virtual Test  Software. Results  of operations  for the
periods discussed here should not be considered indicative of the results to  be
expected  in any future  period, and fluctuations in  operating results may also
result in fluctuations in the market price of the Company's Common Stock.  There
can  be no assurance that the Company's net  sales will grow or that such growth
will be sustained in future periods  or that the Company will remain  profitable
in any future period.
 
    Following  this offering, Cadence will  continue to provide certain services
to the Company pursuant to a Corporate Services Agreement. Under this agreement,
Cadence provides dedicated agents to sell and support the Company's products  in
Germany,  England, France, Israel and Taiwan.  In addition, Cadence will provide
the Company with office space and  related services in several locations in  the
United  States until June 1, 1999, unless  terminated earlier under the terms of
such agreement. Furthermore, although the
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
Company  may  establish  its  own   foreign  sales  subsidiaries,  until   those
subsidiaries  are established, the Company will continue to sell its products in
Europe,  Israel  and   Taiwan  through  dedicated   sales  agents  employed   by
subsidiaries  of Cadence. The Company pays Cadence the cost of Cadence's expense
(plus an agency  fee) for Cadence's  employees who fulfill  the dedicated  agent
functions  of the Company under the  Corporate Services Agreement. See "Business
- -- Employees" and "Certain Transactions -- Agreements with Cadence."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth for  the periods indicated selected items  of
the Company's statements of income as a percentage of its net sales:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   31,
                                                              -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                 1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Product sales...............................................       83.7%        79.8%        80.5%        80.4%        77.0%
Service and other sales.....................................       16.3         20.2         19.5         19.6         23.0
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
    Net sales...............................................      100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Cost of product sales.......................................       37.3         33.6         31.2         32.5         27.0
Cost of service and other sales.............................        6.9          7.8          7.2          7.6         10.0
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
    Total cost of sales.....................................       44.2         41.4         38.4         40.1         37.0
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Gross margin................................................       55.8         58.6         61.6         59.9         63.0
Operating expenses:
  Research, development and engineering.....................       13.5         12.2         15.0         14.4         16.7
  Selling, general and administrative.......................       41.6         36.5         33.3         34.9         28.9
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
    Total operating expenses................................       55.1         48.7         48.3         49.3         45.6
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Operating income............................................        0.7          9.9         13.3         10.6         17.4
Other income, net...........................................        0.3          0.4          0.8          0.6          0.8
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Income before income taxes..................................        1.0         10.3         14.1         11.2         18.2
Provision for income taxes..................................        0.4          3.9          5.5          4.3          6.9
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Net income..................................................        0.6%         6.4%         8.6%         6.9%        11.3%
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND 1995
 
    NET SALES.  Net sales is comprised of product sales (including sales of Test
Stations, Test Station software and Virtual Test Software) and service and other
sales  (including primarily  maintenance contracts  and refurbishment services).
Net sales increased 31.2% from $9.1 million in the three months ended March  31,
1995  to $11.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 1996. The increase in
net sales reflects the introduction of  the Company's new ATS FT Test  Stations,
which  contributed 28.3%  of net  sales during  the first  quarter of  1996, and
continued contributions  from  the Company's  ATS  Blazer and  XL  Test  Station
products.  In addition, sales of Virtual Test Software and related services grew
to 7.5% of net sales during the first three months of 1996, compared to 3.4%  in
the first quarter of 1995.
 
    COST OF SALES.  Cost of sales consists of material, labor, manufacturing and
service  overhead as  well as  amortization of  capitalized software development
costs. Total cost of sales increased 21.2% from $3.6 million in the three months
ended March 31, 1995 to $4.4 million  in the three months ended March 31,  1996.
Product  cost of  sales increased  9.0% from  $2.9 million  for the  first three
months of 1995 to  $3.2 million for  the same period in  1996, primarily due  to
higher  sales volume, partially offset by benefits from lower costs of materials
and manufacturing efficiencies. Service and other cost of sales increased  73.4%
from  $689,000 in the  first three months of  1995 to $1.2  million in the first
three months of 1996, due to a one-time $327,000 charge in the first quarter  of
1996  for the  Company's change in  accounting for spare  parts costs associated
with refurbishment services and increased labor costs associated with  expanding
customer service center and training services.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    GROSS  MARGIN.  The Company's gross margin increased 37.8% from $5.4 million
in the three months  ended March 31,  1995 to $7.5 million  in the three  months
ended  March 31, 1996. As a percentage of net sales, gross margin increased from
59.9% for the three months  ended March 31, 1995 to  63.0% for the three  months
ended  March 31,  1996. Product  gross margin,  as a  percent of  related sales,
increased from 59.6% for the first three months of 1995, to 65.0% for the  first
three  months of  1996. The  increase in product  gross margin  resulted from an
increase in sales of higher margin ATS FT Test Stations during the first quarter
of 1996. Service and other gross margin, as a percent of related sales, declined
from 61.3% for  the first three  months of 1995,  to 56.5% for  the first  three
months  of 1996, due primarily to the charge  to cost of service and other sales
related to the change in accounting method for spare parts, partially offset  by
higher gross margin on Virtual Test Software related services.
 
    RESEARCH,   DEVELOPMENT   AND  ENGINEERING.     Research,   development  and
engineering expenses  consist  primarily of  employee  costs, cost  of  material
consumed,  depreciation of  equipment and  engineering related  costs. Research,
development and engineering expenses increased  51.9% from $1.3 million for  the
three  months ended March  31, 1995 to  $2.0 million for  the three months ended
March 31,  1996.  As  a  percentage of  net  sales,  research,  development  and
engineering  expenses increased from  14.4% in the three  months ended March 31,
1995 to  16.7% in  the  three months  ended March  31,  1996. The  increase  was
principally  attributable  to  increased  expenditures  on  enhancements  to the
Company's existing products  and the development  of future generation  hardware
and  software products. The  Company anticipates that  research, development and
engineering expenses will continue  to increase in dollar  amount in the  future
reflecting the Company's strategy to invest in new products and existing product
enhancements.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses include salaries and commissions of sales personnel, marketing expenses
and  general  administrative  expenses.  Selling,  general  and   administrative
expenses  increased 8.7% from $3.2 million for  the three months ended March 31,
1995 to $3.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 1996. The increase was
principally attributable  to higher  commissions  associated with  higher  sales
volume  and  increased  investment  in the  various  selling  and administrative
functions. As a  percentage of  net sales, selling,  general and  administrative
expenses  decreased from 34.9% in the three months ended March 31, 1995 to 28.9%
in the three months ended March 31,  1996 as a result of control over  increases
in  selling, general  and administrative expenses  as net  sales increased. This
trend is  not expected  to continue,  and the  Company's spending  for  selling,
general  and administrative expenses is expected to grow in dollar amount and as
a percentage of net  sales, reflecting planned  headcount increases required  to
execute  the Company's business strategies for the Test Station and Virtual Test
product lines.
 
    OTHER INCOME, NET.  Other income includes interest income, interest  expense
and gain and loss on sale of assets. Other income, net increased from $51,000 in
the  three months  ended March 31,  1995 to  $101,000 in the  three months ended
March 31,  1996  due to  interest  generated on  higher  average cash  and  cash
equivalent balances.
 
    INCOME  TAXES.  The Company's effective rate for Federal and state taxes was
38.3% for the three months ended March  31, 1995 and 38.0% for the three  months
ended March 31, 1996.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994
 
    NET  SALES.  Net sales  increased 36.7% from $30.1  million in 1994 to $41.1
million in 1995. This  was principally due  to an increase  in product sales  of
37.9%  from $24.0  million in  1994 to  $33.1 million  in 1995.  The increase in
product sales during  1995 was due  principally to higher  sales volume for  the
Company's  Test Station and Virtual Test Software products, and also resulted in
part from the Company's first shipments of  the new ATS FT Test Stations  during
the  fourth quarter of 1995.  Service and other sales  increased 32.1% from $6.1
million in 1994 to $8.0 million in 1995, reflecting growth in the Company's Test
Station installed base and Virtual Test Software related services.
 
    COST OF SALES.  Total  cost of sales increased  26.8% from $12.4 million  in
1994  to $15.8 million in 1995. Product cost of sales increased 27.1% from $10.1
million in 1994 to $12.8 million in  1995, primarily due to higher sales  volume
and sales of higher cost ATS Blazer and FT Test Stations. Service and other cost
of sales
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
increased  25.3% from $2.3 million in 1994 to $2.9 million in 1995. The increase
in service and other  cost of sales resulted  from higher costs associated  with
supporting a larger installed base of the Company's Test Stations.
 
    GROSS  MARGIN.  Gross margin  increased 43.8% from $17.6  million in 1994 to
$25.3 million in 1995, and, as a percentage of net sales, from 58.6% in 1994  to
61.6% in 1995. Product gross margin, as a percent of sales, increased from 57.9%
in  1994 to 61.2% in  1995, reflecting the benefit  of increased sales volume on
relatively fixed manufacturing  overhead, and increased  sales of  higher-margin
Test Stations and software products. Service and other gross margin improved, as
a  percent  of sales,  from 61.4%  in 1994  to 63.3%  in 1995  as the  result of
enhanced cost efficiencies  in the service  segment as service  and other  sales
increased.
 
    RESEARCH,   DEVELOPMENT   AND  ENGINEERING.     Research,   development  and
engineering expenses increased 68.6% from $3.7  million in 1994 to $6.2  million
in  1995.  This  increase in  the  dollar  amount of  research,  development and
engineering expenses reflected the additional hiring of research and development
engineers necessary to execute  the Company's strategy  to enhance research  and
development efforts to remain ahead of technology advances and to develop future
generation Test Stations and the Virtual Test Software products. As a percentage
of  net  sales, research,  development and  engineering expenses  increased from
12.2% in 1994  to 15.0% in  1995. The Company  has capitalized certain  software
development  costs relating to these activities, in compliance with SFAS No. 86,
in the amounts of approximately $1.1 million and $1.0 million in 1994 and  1995,
respectively.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses increased 24.7% from  $11.0 million in 1994  to $13.7 million in  1995,
primarily  as a result  of higher commission  expenses associated with increased
sales volume as well as increased staffing in the software sales force. Selling,
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were 36.5%  and
33.3%  in 1994 and 1995, respectively, reflecting slower growth in expenses than
in net sales.
 
    OTHER INCOME, NET.  Other income increased from $114,000 in 1994 to $319,000
in 1995,  as a  result of  interest earnings  on higher  average cash  and  cash
equivalent balances.
 
    INCOME  TAXES.  The Company's effective tax rate was 38.3% and 38.9% for the
years ended December 31,  1994 and 1995, respectively.  The change in  effective
tax  rates  from 1994  to  1995 was  primarily due  to  changes in  the relative
significance of certain non-deductible expenses  and changes in effective  rates
for state income taxes.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1993
 
    NET  SALES.  Net sales  increased 30.0% from $23.1  million in 1993 to $30.1
million in 1994. The  increase in net  sales in 1994 was  principally due to  an
increase  in sales of the  ATS Blazer Test Station,  which was introduced by the
Company at the end of  1993, as well as  overall increased business activity  in
the  Asian market, which  increased 78.4% from  1993 to 1994.  Service and other
sales increased 61.5% from  $3.8 million in  1993 to $6.1  million in 1994.  The
increase in service and other sales for 1994 was principally attributable to the
Company's  changeover to direct sales and service in Europe, which led to higher
revenues from customers  previously served  by distributors and  an increase  in
service  contract penetration.  In addition, the  increase in  service and other
sales in 1994 reflects the inclusion of maintenance revenues relating to Virtual
Test Software products. International net sales represented approximately  32.6%
and 39.7% of total net sales for the years 1993 and 1994, respectively.
 
    COST  OF SALES.  Total  cost of sales increased  21.7% from $10.2 million in
1993 to $12.4 million in 1994. Product  cost of sales increased 17.1% from  $8.6
million  in 1993 to  $10.1 million in  1994, reflecting higher  sales volume and
increased sales of higher-cost ATS Blazer Test Stations. Service and other  cost
of  sales increased 46.7% from $1.6 million in 1993 to $2.3 million in 1994, due
primarily to increased labor and other costs necessary to support growth in  the
Company's Test Station installed base.
 
    GROSS  MARGIN.  Gross margin  increased 36.5% from $12.9  million in 1993 to
$17.6 million in 1994, reflecting favorable product mix, increased sales volumes
and certain other operational efficiencies. As a percentage of net sales,  gross
margin  increased from  55.8% in  1993 to 58.6%  in 1994.  Product gross margin,
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
as a percent of related  sales, increased from 55.5% in  1993 to 57.9% in  1994,
reflecting  increased sales of higher-margin Test Stations and software. Service
and other gross margin, as a percent  of related sales, increased from 57.5%  in
1993  to  61.4% in  1994,  as sales  of  Test Station  and  software maintenance
revenues grew faster than related costs of sales.
 
    RESEARCH,  DEVELOPMENT   AND  ENGINEERING.     Research,   development   and
engineering  expenses increased 17.1% from $3.1  million in 1993 to $3.7 million
in 1994.  This  increase in  the  dollar  amount of  research,  development  and
engineering  expenses reflected  additional hiring  of research  and development
engineers for  next  generation Test  Stations  and the  Virtual  Test  Software
products.  Research, development and engineering expenses as a percentage of net
sales decreased slightly from 1993 to 1994. The Company has capitalized  certain
software  development costs  in compliance  with SFAS No.  86 in  the amounts of
approximately $889,000  in 1993  and  $1.1 million  in  1994 relating  to  these
activities.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND  ADMINISTRATIVE.  Selling,  general and administrative
expenses increased 14.2%  from $9.6 million  in 1993 to  $11.0 million in  1994,
primarily  as a result  of higher commission  expenses associated with increased
sales volume as well as increased staffing in Asia and Europe. Selling,  general
and  administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was 41.6% and 36.5% in
1993 and 1994, respectively. This decrease reflects the fact that the  Company's
revenue grew at a faster rate than expenses in 1994.
 
    OTHER  INCOME, NET.   Other  income, net increased  from $71,000  in 1993 to
$114,000 in 1994, as a  result of interest earnings  on higher average cash  and
cash equivalent balances.
 
    INCOME  TAXES.  The Company's effective tax rate was 43.8% and 38.3% for the
years ended December 31, 1993 and  1994, respectively. The lower effective  rate
in  1994  was primarily  a result  of  changes in  the relative  significance of
certain non-deductible expenses as a percentage of income before income taxes.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following  tables  set  forth  certain  unaudited  quarterly  financial
information  for  each of  the  Company's last  nine  fiscal quarters  and  as a
percentage of the  Company's total net  sales represented by  each line item  in
such  unaudited quarterly financial  information. In the  opinion of management,
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary  for
a  fair  presentation  of  the  information are  set  forth  herein.  Results of
operations for the periods presented  below should not be considered  indicative
of  the  results  to be  expected  in  any future  period,  and  fluctuations in
operating results may  also result in  fluctuations in the  market price of  the
Company's Common Stock.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              3/31/94      6/30/94      9/30/94     12/31/94      3/31/95      6/30/95
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
Product sales.............................   $   5,780    $   5,722    $   5,555    $   6,924    $   7,304    $   8,078
Service and other sales...................       1,258        1,511        1,544        1,758        1,780        1,771
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net sales.............................       7,038        7,233        7,099        8,682        9,084        9,849
Cost of product sales.....................       2,571        2,348        2,352        2,819        2,949        3,236
Cost of service and other sales...........         506          598          537          704          689          627
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total cost of sales...................       3,077        2,946        2,889        3,523        3,638        3,863
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross margin..............................       3,961        4,287        4,210        5,159        5,446        5,986
Operating expenses:
  Research, development and engineering...         875          855          942          992        1,309        1,409
  Selling, general and administrative.....       2,617        2,687        2,664        3,004        3,172        3,388
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses..............       3,492        3,542        3,606        3,996        4,481        4,797
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating income..........................         469          745          604        1,163          965        1,189
Other income (expense), net...............          (7)          41           36           44           51           62
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before income taxes................         462          786          640        1,207        1,016        1,251
Provision for income taxes................         177          301          245          462          389          480
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income................................   $     285    $     485    $     395    $     745    $     627    $     771
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                              9/30/95     12/31/95    3/31/96(1)
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Product sales.............................   $   8,642    $   9,052    $   9,170
Service and other sales...................       1,854        2,612        2,745
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net sales.............................      10,496       11,664       11,915
Cost of product sales.....................       3,197        3,445        3,213
Cost of service and other sales...........         729          894        1,195
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total cost of sales...................       3,926        4,339        4,408
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross margin..............................       6,570        7,325        7,507
Operating expenses:
  Research, development and engineering...       1,557        1,902        1,988
  Selling, general and administrative.....       3,621        3,500        3,448
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses..............       5,178        5,402        5,436
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating income..........................       1,392        1,923        2,071
Other income (expense), net...............         135           71          101
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before income taxes................       1,527        1,994        2,172
Provision for income taxes................         586          798          826
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income................................   $     941    $   1,196    $   1,346
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              3/31/94      6/30/94      9/30/94     12/31/94      3/31/95      6/30/95
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
AS A PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES:
Product sales.............................        82.1%        79.1%        78.3%        79.8%        80.4%        82.0%
Service and other sales...................        17.9         20.9         21.7         20.2         19.6         18.0
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net sales.............................       100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0
Cost of product sales.....................        36.5         32.5         33.1         32.5         32.5         32.8
Cost of service and other sales...........         7.2          8.2          7.6          8.1          7.6          6.4
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total cost of sales...................        43.7         40.7         40.7         40.6         40.1         39.2
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross margin..............................        56.3         59.3         59.3         59.4         59.9         60.8
Operating expenses:
  Research, development and engineering...        12.4         11.8         13.3         11.4         14.4         14.3
  Selling, general and administrative.....        37.2         37.1         37.5         34.6         34.9         34.4
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses..............        49.6         48.9         50.8         46.0         49.3         48.7
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating income..........................         6.7         10.4          8.5         13.4         10.6         12.1
Other income (expense), net...............       (0.1)          0.5          0.5          0.5          0.6          0.6
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before income taxes................         6.6         10.9          9.0         13.9         11.2         12.7
Provision for income taxes................         2.5          4.2          3.4          5.3          4.3          4.9
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income................................         4.1%         6.7%         5.6%         8.6%         6.9%         7.8%
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                              9/30/95     12/31/95    3/31/96(1)
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
AS A PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES:
Product sales.............................        82.3%        77.6%        77.0%
Service and other sales...................        17.7         22.4         23.0
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net sales.............................       100.0        100.0        100.0
Cost of product sales.....................        30.5         29.5         27.0
Cost of service and other sales...........         6.9          7.7         10.0
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total cost of sales...................        37.4         37.2         37.0
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross margin..............................        62.6         62.8         63.0
Operating expenses:
  Research, development and engineering...        14.8         16.3         16.7
  Selling, general and administrative.....        34.5         30.0         28.9
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses..............        49.3         46.3         45.6
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating income..........................        13.3         16.5         17.4
Other income (expense), net...............         1.3          0.6          0.8
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before income taxes................        14.6         17.1         18.2
Provision for income taxes................         5.6          6.8          6.9
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income................................         9.0%        10.3%        11.3%
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
                                            -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Results include a cumulative  charge to Cost of  service and other sales of
    $327,000 related  to the  Company's change  in accounting  method for  spare
    parts inventory.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    The  Company's net sales  were higher in  each of the  four quarters of 1995
than in  the corresponding  quarter  in the  previous year,  reflecting  further
development  of the Virtual  Test Software business and  the introduction of the
ATS FT Test Stations in  October 1995. The increase  in service and other  sales
from  an average of  18.4% of net sales  in the first three  quarters of 1995 to
22.4% and  23.0% of  net sales  for the  fourth quarter  of 1995  and the  first
quarter of 1996, respectively, reflects an increase in refurbishment services in
the  systems  business,  as  well as  higher  Virtual  Test  Software consulting
services. In addition, the  Company's gross margin improved  as a percentage  of
sales  from 56.3% in the first quarter of  1994 to 63.0% in the first quarter of
1996. Gross margins as  a percentage of  net sales have  been between 60.8%  and
63.0% for each of the Company's last four fiscal quarters due to increased sales
volumes,  certain operational efficiencies associated  with higher sales volumes
and an increased percentage of software sales which generally have higher  gross
margin than the Company's hardware products. The Company's research, development
and  engineering expenses increased in the  seven most recent quarters in dollar
amount, reflecting the hiring of additional personnel and other expenses for new
product development and enhancement of  existing products. The recent  reduction
in  selling, general and  administrative expense, as a  percentage of net sales,
from an average of 34.6% in the first three quarters of 1995 to 30.0% and  28.9%
in  the fourth  quarter of  1995 and  the first  quarter of  1996, respectively,
reflects controls over the rate of  spending in this area. The recent  reduction
in selling, general and administrative expense, as a percentage of net sales, is
not  expected to  be sustained in  the future  as the Company  plans to increase
sales  and  marketing  expenditures  with   respect  to  its  market   segments.
Historically,  net  sales have  been seasonally  slower in  the first  and third
calendar quarters of each year, as a result of customers' budget approval cycles
during the  first quarter  and  as many  customers and  end-users,  particularly
outside of the United States, reduce their business activities during the summer
months.
 
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    All  statements and trend analysis contained  in this Prospectus relative to
future size or degree of penetration of markets for the Company's products,  the
Company's  growth  rate and  improving trends  for net  sales and  gross margin,
constitute "forward  looking  statements"  as  defined in  Section  27A  of  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. These forward looking statements are subject
to  the business and economic  risks the Company faces  and the Company's actual
results of operations may differ materially from those contained in the  forward
looking  statements. For a more detailed  discussion of these and other business
risks, see "Risk Factors."
 
    Results of  operations  for  the  periods  discussed  above  should  not  be
considered  indicative of the results  to be expected in  any future period, and
fluctuations in operating results may also result in fluctuations in the  market
price  of the Company's Common Stock. Like  most high technology and high growth
companies, the  Company faces  certain business  risks that  could have  adverse
effects on the Company's results of operations.
 
    The  Company derives a substantial  portion of its revenue  from the sale of
Test Stations which typically range in  price from $200,000 to $1.2 million  per
unit  and may be priced as high as $1.8  million for a single unit. As a result,
the timing of the receipt and shipment of a single order can have a  significant
impact  on the Company's  net sales and  results of operations  for a particular
period. Historically, a substantial portion of the Company's net sales have been
realized near the  end of each  quarter, reflecting the  purchasing patterns  of
high  technology  companies  in  making  capital  expenditures.  Therefore,  the
Company's quarterly sales and results  of operations may be negatively  impacted
if  an order is received too late in  a given quarter to permit product shipment
and the recognition of revenue during that quarter. A significant portion of the
Company's  operating  expenses  are  relatively  fixed  in  nature  and  planned
expenditures  are based, in  part, on anticipated orders.  In addition, the need
for continued expenditures  for research, development  and engineering makes  it
difficult  to reduce  expenses in  a particular  quarter if  the Company's sales
goals for  that quarter  are not  met.  The inability  to reduce  the  Company's
expenses  quickly enough to  compensate for any  revenue shortfall would magnify
the adverse  impact  of such  revenue  shortfall  on the  Company's  results  of
operations.  In addition, the  Company's future operating  results and financial
condition are subject  to influences  driven by rapid  technological changes,  a
highly  competitive industry, a lengthy sales  cycle, and the cyclical nature of
general economic conditions.
 
    For the years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995  and the first  three
months of 1996, sales to Intel represented approximately 15.5%, 22.4%, 30.2% and
46.6%  of the Company's net sales, respectively. For the year ended December 31,
1993 and  the  first three  months  of 1996,  sales  to Tokyo  Electron  Limited
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
represented  11.6%  and  10.1% of  net  sales, respectively.  No  other customer
accounted for in excess of 10% of the Company's net sales in 1993, 1994, 1995 or
the three months  ended March  31, 1996.  The Company's  five largest  customers
based   on  1995   net  sales   are  Intel,   Tokyo  Electron   Limited,  Hughes
Microelectronics, Lucky Goldstar and Samsung. Sales of the Company's products to
a limited number of  customers are expected  to continue to  account for a  high
percentage of net sales over the short term. The loss of a major customer or any
reduction  in orders by such  customers would have a  material adverse effect on
the Company's financial condition and results of operations.
 
    The Company purchases some key components from sole or single source vendors
for which  alternative sources  are not  currently available.  The inability  to
develop  alternative sources for  single or sole source  components or to obtain
sufficient quantities of these components  could result in delays or  reductions
in  product  shipments  which  would adversely  effect  the  Company's financial
condition and results of operations.
 
    The Company has thus far avoided any material adverse impact on its  results
of  operations resulting from  such risks. No  assurance can be  given that such
risks will not affect the Company's  financial postion or results of  operations
in the future.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    As of March 31, 1996, the Company's principal sources of liquidity consisted
of  cash and cash equivalents of approximately $9.0 million, and funds available
under an existing bank line of credit of $10.0 million. Since 1988, the  Company
has  relied  on  cash  generated  from operations  as  its  principal  source of
liquidity and has not relied on Cadence for working capital. The Company's  cash
flows  from operations amounted to  $1.3 million for the  period ended March 31,
1996.
 
    OPERATING ACTIVITIES.   The  Company's net  cash from  operating  activities
includes  cash  received  from  customers, payments  to  suppliers,  payments to
employees and  interest received  and paid.  Net cash  generated from  operating
activities amounted to $2.5 million, $6.3 million, $5.0 million and $1.3 million
for  1993, 1994,  1995 and  the first three  months of  1996, respectively. Cash
received from customers amounted to $22.7 million, $29.6 million, $37.0  million
and  $11.3 million  for 1993,  1994, 1995  and the  first three  months of 1996,
respectively. Combined payments to suppliers and employees for 1993, 1994,  1995
and  the first  three months  of 1996 were  $19.9 million,  $22.8 million, $31.1
million and $9.6 million, respectively. The  period to period increases in  cash
from  customers and payments to suppliers  and employees are directly related to
the increase  in  net  sales  and expenses  associated  with  those  sales.  The
Company's  trade receivables,  inventories and accounts  payable have fluctuated
from period to period as a result  of the timing of shipments, cash  collections
and inventory receipts near period end. The size and timing of a single customer
shipment  or collection can  have a significant impact  on trade receivables and
inventories. Notwithstanding the Company's growth  in net sales during 1995  and
the  first  quarter of  1996,  the Company  has been  able  to manage  its trade
receivables, inventories and accounts payable at relatively consistent levels as
a result  of  an asset  management  program. As  a  result of  cash  flows  from
operating activities, combined with the proceeds of the Company's initial public
offering  in 1995 of $3.3  million, the Company has  increased its cash and cash
equivalent balances from $1.3  million at December 31,  1993 to $9.0 million  at
March 31, 1996.
 
    INVESTING  ACTIVITIES.  Capital equipment  expenditures were $1.7 million in
each of 1993  and 1994, $1.9  million in 1995,  and $1.0 million  for the  first
three  months of 1996 primarily for computers, software, demonstration equipment
and engineering  equipment used  in the  Company's operations.  Expenditures  to
increase  the  Company's  service  spare  parts  pool  were  $448,000, $295,000,
$600,000 and $23,000 for 1993, 1994, 1995  and the three months ended March  31,
1996,  respectively.  In  addition,  the  Company  capitalized  certain expenses
associated with  software  development costs  of  $889,000, $1.1  million,  $1.0
million  and $170,000 for 1993, 1994, 1995  and the three months ended March 31,
1996, respectively.
 
    FINANCING ACTIVITIES.  In 1993  and 1994 and for  the first three months  of
1996,  net cash used in financing activities were $56,000, $168,000 and $56,000,
respectively. In 1995,  net cash  provided by financing  activities amounted  to
$3.0  million, primarily from the  $3.3 million in net  proceeds received in the
Company's initial public  offering. Cash  used for payments  of certain  capital
leases  obtained by the  Company for computers and  equipment used in operations
was $56,000, $168,000, $254,000 and $60,000  for 1993, 1994, 1995 and the  three
months ended March 31, 1996, respectively.
 
    During  1995 and the first  three months of 1996,  the Company also realized
reductions in  current income  tax  liabilities of  $2.3 million  and  $626,000,
respectively,    resulting   from    the   benefit   of    tax   deductions   of
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
employee gains upon exercise  of Cadence stock options.  The tax benefit of  the
stock option deduction is reflected as an increase in additional paid-in capital
in  the accompanying Statements of Shareholders'  Equity. The employee gains are
not expenses of the Company for  financial reporting purposes, and the  exercise
of  these stock options does not increase the number of shares of Company Common
Stock outstanding.
 
    At the end of 1995,  the Company secured a  $10.0 million revolving line  of
credit  with  U.S.  National Bank  of  Oregon,  which is  available  for general
corporate purposes when  needed. Under  the agreement, the  Company can  borrow,
with  interest at the bank's prime lending rate, or if lower, at certain margins
above banker's  acceptance  or interbank  offering  rates. There  have  been  no
borrowings against the line of credit to date.
 
    The  Company believes  that the proceeds  from this  offering, together with
existing funds, funds expected to be generated by operating activities, and  the
available line of credit, will satisfy the Company's anticipated working capital
and  other general corporate  purposes through at least  the next twelve months.
The  Company  currently  has  no  significant  capital  commitments  other  than
commitments under facility operation leases and vendor contracts for development
services,  consulting  services and  parts. The  Company may  from time  to time
consider the acquisition of complementary businesses, products or  technologies.
The   Company  presently  has  no  significant  understandings,  commitments  or
agreements with  respect to  any such  acquisitions. Any  such transactions,  if
consummated,  may use a portion of the  Company's working capital or require the
issuance of additional equity.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The  Company  designs,  manufactures,  markets  and  services  a  family  of
versatile, high-performance engineering Test Stations and test software used  to
test  and measure complex electronic devices. In addition, the Company develops,
markets and supports  a line of  Virtual Test Software  that permits design  and
test  engineers to accelerate test program  development and to conduct simulated
tests of electronic device designs prior to the fabrication of the prototype  of
the  actual  device.  The Company's  products  enable its  customers  to shorten
time-to-market, enhance accuracy  of design,  reduce both the  time required  to
test  and the cost  of testing the  customers' devices and  provide reliable and
prompt feedback to both design and  test engineers. Customers use the  Company's
products   to   test  complex   digital   and  mixed-signal   devices   such  as
microprocessors, microcontrollers,  integrated  circuits,  application  specific
integrated circuits and multi-chip modules.
 
    The Company markets and supports its products worldwide through a network of
direct  sales  force  personnel, independent  distributors  and  dedicated sales
personnel employed by affiliated companies. The  Company has sold over 900  Test
Stations  to customers  in the  semiconductor, aerospace,  automotive, computer,
consumer   electronics,   datacommunications,   medical   electronics,   network
computing,  telecommunications and  other industries.  Based on  1995 sales, the
Company's top five customers are:  Intel; Tokyo Electron Limited (the  Company's
distributor  in  Japan); Hughes  Microelectronics;  Lucky Goldstar  and Samsung.
These five customers represented 53% of net sales for 1995, while the balance of
net sales came from customers individually providing less than 3% of net sales.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    Continuous  improvements   in   integrated  circuit   process   and   design
technologies have led to design and production of more complex and more reliable
devices  at  a  lower cost  per  function.  As performance  and  complexity have
increased and cost per  function has decreased, the  use of integrated  circuits
has  expanded beyond their original primary  applications in computer systems to
applications such as  telecommunication systems,  automotive products,  consumer
goods  and industrial automation and control  systems. In addition, system users
and designers have demanded systems with more functionality, higher performance,
greater reliability, shorter design cycle  times and lower costs. These  demands
have  resulted in increased integrated circuit content as a percentage of system
cost.
 
    The process of  designing and manufacturing  integrated circuits is  complex
and  capital-intensive,  involving  stages  of  design,  prototype  manufacture,
verification and  characterization of  the  prototypes, device  manufacture  and
production test. These stages have intricate dependencies, as illustrated on the
following chart:
 
                  PROCESS FLOW FROM DESIGN TO PRODUCTION TEST
            PROCESS FLOW FROM DESIGN TO PRODUCTION TEST -- SCHEMATIC
The schematic illustrates the process flow from design to production test:
        (1)  Starting with a box representing the Design phase which starts with
    the aid of Electronic Design Automation Software
        (2) Moving to a box representing the Prototype Manufacturing phase where
    prototype fabrication of the IC takes place
        (3) Moving to  a box representing  the Engineering test  phase which  is
    segmented in two processes
            (a) Verification  where  the  Engineering  Test  Station  checks the
                prototype to ensure design conformity and functional performance
            (b) Characterization where the Engineering  Test Station checks  the
                timing, electrical and environmental limits
        (4)  Transferring to a  box representing Device  Manufacturing where the
    ICs are produced in quantity.
        (5) Ending  with a  box  representing Production  Test where  the  final
    quality   assurance  and  performance  sorting   takes  place.  The  graphic
    illustrates  that  the  information  resulting  from  this  process  at  the
    engineering test and production phases is fed back to the design phase.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    Each  stage in this  process has come under  pressure as integrated circuits
have increased in complexity, density and speed. Density of microprocessors  has
increased  from tens  of thousands  to millions  of transistors.  The speed with
which a  given  integrated  circuit  can process  data  has  likewise  increased
dramatically.  Line widths in new  generation integrated circuits have decreased
from 5  microns to  line widths  approaching .18  micron, as  more circuits  are
packed  into the same  area. In addition,  the number of  channels through which
data may be  entered or extracted  (the "pin count")  has increased from  single
digits thirty years ago to as many as one thousand pins in chips being developed
today. These developments have occurred in an environment of decreasing cost and
shorter development cycles.
 
    The  vast increase in complexity, speed and capability of today's integrated
circuits, and the ability  to build them in  very tight time-to-market  windows,
has been supported and made possible by several generations of technology at the
critical  stages  of  the  process: design;  engineering  test;  manufacture and
production test.
 
    DESIGN.  At the design stage,  several generations and many improvements  in
EDA  software  have allowed  design engineers  to  work with  integrated circuit
designs at increasingly higher levels of abstraction, permitting such  engineers
to design significantly more complex integrated circuits in less time.
 
    PROTOTYPE  MANUFACTURE.   After  the integrated  circuit has  been designed,
prototypes are manufactured, allowing the design and test engineers to  evaluate
the   performance  of  the  integrated   circuit  before  committing  to  volume
production.
 
    ENGINEERING TEST.    At  the  engineering  test  stage  --  where  prototype
integrated  circuits are verified and characterized -- successive generations of
Test Stations  have  significantly reduced  the  time and  expense  required  to
develop,  debug  and  perform prototype  tests,  and have  greatly  enhanced the
ability of test engineers  to exchange data with  both their design  engineering
and  production engineering  counterparts. Prototype  verification Test Stations
are used by design  or test engineering groups  to verify design conformance  or
analyze  failures of complex electronic device prototypes. Characterization Test
Stations are  used to  establish performance  specifications for  an  integrated
circuit design, including timing, electrical characteristics and operation under
varied environmental conditions, such as heat and vibration.
 
    MANUFACTURING.   A host  of advances in  semiconductor manufacturing process
technology have  made possible  the  fabrication of  devices that  have  roughly
doubled  in complexity,  speed and  power every  two years  for the  past twenty
years, while  per-unit  costs have  declined.  The impact  of  evolving  process
technologies has been apparent at both the prototype and production stages.
 
    PRODUCTION  TEST.  The demand for  automated, high throughput test equipment
to test  production parts  has  led to  the  development of  several  successive
generations  of automated test  equipment. ATE machines  have contributed to the
decrease of device production time by achieving very high throughput testing  of
complex devices.
 
    To date, the integrated circuit design process has been serial and iterative
- --  design must be complete  before prototypes can be  built; prototypes must be
built before they can be tested; and prototypes must be production-ready  before
production  test software can be written,  debugged and refined. Production test
software takes significant  time to  develop and  debug. Until  a physical  part
exists,  it cannot be determined  whether a test has  been properly designed, or
whether the part has been designed so it can be tested. Even then, test failures
can raise the question of  whether the prototype is flawed,  or the test has  an
error.  The problem is compounded when a device  has been designed in a way that
some or  all of  its  functionality cannot  effectively  be tested  which,  when
discovered,  requires  the addition  of another  iteration  into the  design and
development cycle.
 
    Semiconductor design and test engineers initially used "instrument clusters"
- -- combinations of oscilloscopes,  probes, meters, signal generators,  analyzers
and  other standard electrical engineering tools -- to test prototype integrated
circuits. For  tests that  could  not be  done using  such  tool sets,  such  as
specialized  tests where complex test vectors  and precise timing were critical,
these engineers turned to ATE machines designed for volume production testing to
verify and characterize prototypes. However, as integrated circuits became  more
complex,  the combination of instrument clusters  and ATE was not a satisfactory
solution for
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
the engineering  test  problem.  Instrument  clusters alone  did  not  have  the
capability  to thoroughly and adequately test increasingly complex prototypes at
the  engineering  test  stage.  ATE  machines,  which  are  very  effective   at
high-throughput testing, provide only pass/fail information, and do not have the
flexibility  or versatility to efficiently test whether and within what limits a
given part works, or efficiently analyze  why it fails to work. For  engineering
test,  it is  more important to  be able  to change test  vectors, reprogram the
tester, debug the test program, and adjust all the variables of the test easily,
routinely and quickly than it is to rapidly test a large volume of one part in a
short time. In addition, fabless integrated circuit designers often do not  have
access to ATE machines for use in engineering test, and the in-house development
of  specialized test equipment for purposes of verification and characterization
is costly and time-consuming.
 
THE IMS SOLUTION
 
    The Company's  Test  Stations  give test  engineers  a  flexible,  powerful,
cost-effective  way to  verify and  characterize prototype  integrated circuits.
Each IMS Test Station integrates the  functions of a variety of individual  test
instruments   into  a  single  unit   that  offers  increased  verification  and
characterization performance at a significant cost savings over ATE systems. The
IMS Test Stations stimulate the device under test by sending defined signals  to
it  and then  measuring the  actual output  and comparing  it with  the expected
output. The  IMS  Test Stations  perform  these functions  at  real-time  device
operating  speeds. Using the  Company's products, design  and test engineers can
identify failures, assess areas  of concern, run  rapid diagnostic sequences  to
pinpoint  the cause(s) of failure, and identify changes needed to correct design
errors or weaknesses, such as timing problems. Each IMS Test Station is designed
to work with industry  standard computers to receive  and execute test  commands
and  report the results  of test procedures.  Each IMS Test  Station can also be
linked to widely used  EDA software tools, including  those offered by  Cadence,
Mentor  Graphics, Synopsys and others. The result  is a reduction of the overall
time required for  verification and  characterization, more  timely feedback  to
design  engineers and  hence lower  cost of  design, reduced  time-to-market and
increased competitiveness  for  the  companies  designing  today's  increasingly
complex integrated circuits.
 
                               IMS TEST SOLUTIONS
                 BRIDGE THE GAP FROM DESIGN TO PRODUCTION TEST
 
                                 [L]
                               IMS TEST SOLUTIONS
                         BRIDGE THE CAP FROM DESIGN TO
                          PRODUCTION TEST -- SCHEMATIC
The Schematic illustrates how Virtual Test Software connects the design phase of
electronic devices to the production phase.
    The Schematic illustrates the process flow from design to production:
        (1) Starting with a box labeled Design
        (2) Moving to a box labeled Prototype Manufacturing
        (3) Moving next to a box labeled Engineering Test which is subdivided to
           a)  Verifications (Sub-box)
           b)  Characterization (Sub-box)
        (4) Transferring to a box labeled Device Manufacturing
        (5) Ending with a box labeled Production Test
        (6)  The Schematic shows a rectangle labled Virtual Test which underlies
    the whole process  and which  illustrates that Virtual  Test receives  input
    from the Design Box and connects it to both the Engineering Test Box and the
    Production Test Box
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    The  Company's Virtual  Test Software accelerates  test program development,
and allows simulation  of the device  to be tested  on a simulation  of the  ATE
equipment  and the test fixture for the device, at the design stage and prior to
the production  of a  prototype.  Virtual Test  Software  thus allows  the  test
engineer to develop and debug the test software for the intended ATE system, and
to test for any design flaws in the device (including testing to insure that the
device  being designed is itself  capable of being tested)  before the device is
ever cast in silicon.
 
    Virtual Test Software  reduces time  to market and  test cost  in two  ways.
First,  it reduces the number of iterations  between design and test by allowing
test engineers to develop and debug much of their ATE test program and the  test
fixture  before the device design has  been committed to prototype or production
manufacturing. Second,  Virtual Test  minimizes the  need to  use expensive  and
scarce ATE resources to develop and debug test programs, allowing the ATE System
to  be used to find manufacturing defects, its primary use. Accordingly, Virtual
Test Software both reduces the time for the test phases of the development cycle
and allows  the test  phases to  overlap the  design and  prototype  manufacture
phase,  thus breaking through the constraint  previously represented by the need
for  a  physical  device,  and   allowing  concurrent  engineering  for   faster
time-to-market.
 
IMS STRATEGY
 
    Since  its founding in  1983, the Company's  objective has been  to become a
leading provider  of engineering  test  solutions that  enable design  and  test
engineers   to  effectively  and  efficiently  evaluate  and  test  new  complex
electronic circuits. To achieve this objective, the Company has focused on using
its core  technology  to design,  develop,  manufacture and  market  innovative,
cost-effective,   high  performance  Test  Stations  and  software  to  increase
productivity, shorten time-to-market for new products and to reduce the cost  of
test. The key elements of the Company's strategy are set forth below.
 
    PROVIDE  PRODUCT INNOVATION.   The Company intends to  continue its focus on
the engineering test marketplace by enhancing its existing Test Station  product
line  and introducing new Test Station  families that are cost-effective, highly
interactive, easy to  use and  that pass data  effectively between  EDA and  ATE
products  and  by  continuing  to introduce  enhancements  to  its  Virtual Test
Software and related software products.
 
    EXPAND MARKET  SHARE.   Based on  the number  of Company  systems  installed
worldwide,  the  Company is  a  leading supplier  of  products in  the prototype
verification market. The Company intends  to leverage that position to  increase
its  penetration of the characterization market.  Due to the Company's knowledge
of the technologies underlying both design and test, the Company believes it can
maintain its  leadership  position  in  the  market  for  test  development  and
simulation  (Virtual Test), and  intends to devote  resources to developing that
market. The Company believes  it can also expand  its market share by  providing
solutions that further bridge the gap between EDA and ATE tools.
 
    CREATE  AND MAINTAIN STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS.   The Company seeks to enhance
its market position by establishing and maintaining strategic relationships with
both EDA and ATE vendors. The  Company's relationship with Cadence has  provided
the  Company with access  to technological advances  in EDA software  as well as
Cadence's broad customer base. The Company has close working relationships  with
several   leading  ATE  vendors,  including  its  strategic  relationships  with
Credence, LTX and  Teradyne, which  have enhanced market  acceptance of  Virtual
Test   Software.  The  Company   intends  to  maintain   its  current  strategic
relationships and establish new strategic alliances with additional EDA and  ATE
vendors to further strengthen its competitive position.
 
    MAINTAIN  HIGH LEVEL OF CUSTOMER SERVICE.   The Company believes that a high
level of customer service and support is critical to the adoption and successful
utilization of engineering test technology.  By continuing to work closely  with
its customers to solve engineering test problems, the Company expects to develop
subsequent  generations of Test Stations and Virtual Test Software products that
address the needs of test engineers  in the rapidly changing integrated  circuit
markets  and to use its  expertise in interfacing with  high performance EDA and
ATE tools.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    EXPAND WORLDWIDE  PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION.   The  Company seeks  to expand  its
product distribution through ongoing investments in direct sales and through its
relationships   with  key  distributors.  The  Company  intends  to  build  upon
established distributor relationships in  foreign markets where partnering  adds
market  leverage and in other  markets where investment in  direct sales has not
yet been warranted, and to continue its relationship with Cadence to  distribute
its products in certain foreign markets.
 
PRODUCTS
 
  IMS TEST STATION PRODUCTS
 
    The  Company's Test Stations  perform a number of  functions in bridging the
gap from EDA to ATE. At the  beginning of the process, design engineering  data,
including  EDA  simulation  data, is  converted  into data  compatible  with the
Company's Test  Station,  thus bridging  the  gap between  design  software  and
verification.  The IMS  Test Station software  enables data  conversion from all
popular simulation products including Verilog, VHDL, Quicksim and others.
 
    During the design verification phase,  the user performs tests which  verify
whether  the circuit conforms  to the design  specifications. The engineer looks
for fundamental manufacturing process  errors or design  errors by matching  the
previously  converted EDA  simulation against  the actual  prototype. Failure to
adequately verify design  functionality can  lead to  costly design  alterations
prior to product release.
 
    At the next stage of the process, the characterization phase, the circuit is
subjected to various tests which are intended to define the limits of the device
over  several  variables, including,  but  not limited  to,  temperature ranges,
electrical characteristics  and  clock and  data  operating speeds.  Failure  to
adequately  test performance  capabilities at this  stage can result  in a final
product that  fails  to  meet  the  market  requirements  of  electronic  system
manufacturers.  The value of many ICs increases as the devices operate at higher
speeds. For example, a 100 MHz microprocessor  will sell for more than a 66  MHz
microprocessor.  The Company's Test Stations can  help identify the areas of the
design or fabrication process  that is limiting the  operating speed of the  IC.
These  areas can then be corrected to increase the speed of the device and, as a
result, the device's selling price.
 
    When a failure  is found  during any  phase, Test  Station failure  analysis
systems  can assist  the test  engineer in probing  the device  to determine the
nature of  the anomaly.  Once  a logical  failure  is identified,  the  physical
location on the circuit can be determined. A laser can then be used to penetrate
the device's passivation layers and single or multiple probes may be inserted at
the  excavated site for physical probing. After the fault has been analyzed, the
device design can be corrected.
 
    The  Company   complies  with   fixturing  conventions   which   facilitates
compatibility  with ATE equipment. Compatible  design between the Company's Test
Stations and ATE systems enables rapid movement of devices from the  engineering
test environment to production test.
 
    The  Company currently offers  four families of IMS  Test Stations under the
names ATS FT, MTS, ATS Blazer and Logic Master XL. Each family includes multiple
mainframe options  and a  choice  of configurable  modules. The  Company  offers
specialized mixed-signal Test Stations and MCM Test Stations. The Company's Test
Stations  are designed  and configured  to match  varying customer requirements.
Generally, they differ from one another as  to the maximum clock speed and  data
rates  (from 40 MHz  to 400 MHz), pincount  of the device to  be tested (from 16
pins to 1,000  or more  pins), device technology  (digital, mixed-signal,  MCM),
flexibility   in  the   number  and   variety  of   applications  (verification,
characterization, failure  analysis, etc.)  and price.  Test Stations  typically
range in price from $200,000 to $1.2 million, though high-pin-count mixed-signal
device  systems can sell for as much as $1.8 million, depending on configuration
and intended application.
 
    ATS FT TEST STATION (DIGITAL).   The ATS FT (Flexible Timing) Test  Stations
are  used to  perform in  depth timing  analysis of  complex ICs  such as ASICs,
microprocessors, and digital signal processors (DSPs). The Company's ATS FT Test
Stations include Time Navigator Software which enables users to rapidly diagnose
timing problems  which may  exist in  complex  digital designs.  The ATS  FT  is
available in a variety of pincount configurations and with clock rates up to 400
MHz. The ATS FT's distinguishing characteristic is its
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
ability to vary timing to the device in each device clock cycle. This capability
allows the ATS FT to perform critical timing path analysis on the user's device.
The  ATS  FT  can  also  include-mixed  signal  test,  scan  and  direct current
parametric test capabilities.
 
    MTS TEST  STATION  (MIXED-SIGNAL).   The  Mixed-Signal Test  Stations  (MTS)
provides  all of the digital test capabilities of  the ATS FT or ATS Blazer Test
Stations, plus analog  test capabilities required  for testing multimedia,  data
communications, telecommunications, automotive, consumer and medical devices and
multi-chip  modules  (MCMs).  The  MTS  provides  a  low  noise  environment for
interfacing both VXI and GPIB instrumentation to the device under test. A common
software programming  language allows  easy control  over both  the digital  and
analog  capabilities  of  the system.  The  Company currently  expects  to begin
commercial shipments of  the MTS  Test Station in  the second  half of  calendar
1996.
 
    ATS  BLAZER TEST STATION (DIGITAL).  The ATS Blazer provides performance and
interactivity  for  rapid  prototype  verification,  characterization,   quality
assurance  and failure analysis. The ATS  Blazer family provides the performance
characteristics required for testing advanced devices, including complex  ASICs,
MCMs  and CISC and RISC microprocessors. With  a choice of modules (200 MHz, 125
MHz or 100 MHz data speed), a choice of mainframes, optional scan modules (up to
32 M scan data per  scan channel) and optional  Memory Test capability, the  ATS
Blazer  can  be configured  for cost-effective  performance for  specific target
devices.  The  system   Parametric  Measurement  Unit   ("PMU")  provides   high
performance  DC stimulus and measurement at any  system pin. All ATS Blazer data
modules provide  per-pin timing  adjustment. Standard  memory depth  per pin  is
64K/128K,  with options  of 2M/4M.  Memory can  be upgraded  in the  field. Test
sequencing tools  and throughput-enhancing  features also  make the  ATS  Blazer
suitable for high pin-count, high performance wafer sorting.
 
    LOGIC  MASTER XL TEST  STATION (DIGITAL).   The Logic Master  XL family is a
cost-effective alternative for testing complex  devices which do not demand  the
performance  of the ATS Blazer. A Logic Master XL Test Station can be configured
with modules operating at 100 MHz, 60 MHz, or 40 MHz data rates, with up to  448
input/output pins. Since the input and output may be split, a maximum system can
support  896 data pins,  consisting of 448  input and 448  output pins. Optional
scan modules can  be added to  the Test  Station. The system  PMU provides  high
performance DC stimulus and measurement at any system pin.
 
    Generally,  the  Company  expects  future generations  of  Test  Stations to
support increasing pin  counts, faster data  and clock rates  and more  exacting
data collection and feedback requirements.
 
    The  following table summarizes  the Company's current  Test Station product
offerings.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                          TEST STATION SYSTEM PRODUCTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       PRODUCT FAMILY           APPLICATIONS SERVED               KEY FEATURES
<S>                           <C>                      <C>
ATS FT Test Stations          Verification,            200/125 MHz Data
(Digital)                     Characterization,        400 MHz Clocks
                              Critical Timing          IEEE 1149.1 Scan Module
                              Analysis,
                              Failure Analysis,
                              Yield Enhancement
MTS Test Stations             Verification,            Same digital capabilities as the
(Mixed-signal)*               Characterization,        ATS FT or ATS Blazer Test Stations
                              Critical Timing          GPIB/VXI Instumentation Interface
                              Analysis,                Low noise environment
                              Failure Analysis,
                              Yield Enhancement
ATS Blazer Test Stations      Verification,            200/125/100 MHz
(Digital)                     Characterization,        IEEE Scan Module
                              Failure Analysis,        Memory Test Module
                              Yield Enhancement
Logic Master XL Test          Verification             100/60/40 MHz
Stations                                               Up to 896 pins (448 Input/448
(Digital)                                              Output)
                                                       IEEE Scan Module
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*The Company currently  expects to begin  commercial shipments of  the MTS  Test
 Station in the second half of calendar 1996.
 
  TEST STATION SOFTWARE PRODUCTS
 
    The  Company has developed significant  Test Station software products which
are either embedded in  the Company's Test Stations  or sold as separate  add-on
software  products. The Test Station software constitutes an important component
of the overall system product content and value. These software packages provide
optimal  operation  in  various   applications,  including  interactive   device
verification,  fully automated device  characterization, and EDA  and ATE system
linkages. A key advantage  of the IMS  products is the  interactive ease of  use
provided  by the software. Whereas production ATE systems require dedicated Test
Engineers to program the  systems, IMS systems are  developed for use by  design
and  product  engineers.  This ease  of  use  allows the  engineers  to  be more
productive and to decrease product time-to-market.
 
    IMS TEST ENVIRONMENT.  This software product provides an interactive  screen
interface  environment for viewing and  controlling all Test Station parameters.
This screen interface allows  the test designer or  test engineer to change  the
values  on the screen and  easily establish new conditions  to be implemented on
the device  under  test.  IMS  Test  Environment  also  provides  multi-variable
plotting  capabilities (Shmoo) and  a comprehensive library  of support routines
(Test LITE) that speed high level language development using ANSI C.
 
    IMS TESTVIEW.  This software product provides efficient programming, with  a
large  library  of  support routines  for  data processing  and  additional test
instrumentation.  Built   on  LabVIEW   from   National  Instruments   for   Sun
workstations, TestVIEW provides the advantages of a graphical user interface and
also executes rapidly, since the programs are compiled.
 
    IMS-LINK  AND ATE-LINK.   This software  product links  the engineering test
phase of integrated  circuit development and  the EDA and  ATE phases.  IMS-Link
provides automated EDA simulation output translation to IMS Test Station format.
ATE-Link  automates  the translation  of IMS  Test Station  output to  be format
usable by ATE systems.
 
    The Company's Test  Stations can be  interfaced to a  network, allowing  the
Test  Station access  to other resources  on the network,  and allowing multiple
workstations on the network  to have access to  the Test Station. Using  various
software tools available from the Company or from third-party vendors, users can
import  and export test data to and  from the EDA environment. In addition, test
information can be exported for use on ATE systems.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    The following table summarizes the  Company's current Test Station  software
product offerings.
 
                         TEST STATION SOFTWARE PRODUCTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       PRODUCT                                      CAPABILITY
<S>                     <C>
IMS Test                Interactive debug environment for verification
                        Intuitive, easy-to-learn
                        Flexible Shmoo plot capability
                        Library of C routines for turnkey characterization programs (Test
                        LITE)
IMS TestVIEW            Graphical test environment
                        Supports verification, characterization and failure analysis
                        Supports digital and mixed-signal device technologies
                        Integrates software in IMS TCL or ANSI C
IMS-Link                Off-line facility for test preparation and rule checking
                        Linkage between EDA tools and IMS Test Stations
                        Graphical front end to conversion process
                        Translates pattern data from Verilog and other popular simulators
                        Generates IMS Test Station setup files
ATE-Link                Works with WaveBridge, PBridge or VBridge software to convert
                        IMS Test Station files to ATE patterns and timing files
                        Converts IMS Test Station files into Waveform Generation Language
                        (WGL) or Standard Event Format (SEF ASCII)
Boundary Scan           Test preparation and execution using the Teradyne VICTORY tool set
                        Supports MCM designs with partial boundary scan implementation
                        Automatic generation of boundary scan tests
                        Automatic diagnostics for boundary scan faults
                        Based on IEEE 1149.1 and BSDL industry standards
Fault Dictionary        Complete Fault Dictionary test preparation and fault
                        identification
                        Cadence Verifault Fault Dictionary
                        Open Fault Dictionary interface
</TABLE>
 
  VIRTUAL TEST SOFTWARE
 
    While  EDA tools have helped improve  designer productivity, little has been
done to provide test development engineers with software productivity tools.  As
a  result,  test development  times have  increased while  design time  has been
reduced. To  address this  trend, the  Company has  made a  major commitment  to
providing  a  set of  software  tools for  test  engineers. These  tools, called
Virtual Test Software, allow the test engineer to accelerate the generation of a
test program,  simulate  the test  environment,  develop the  test  fixture  and
document  the entire test process.  These tools are run  on a workstation rather
than on an expensive ATE system. This  software can be used to simulate the  ATE
environment  and  eliminate the  need  to use  ATE  machines for  debugging test
programs, and allows test  engineers to develop test  programs in parallel  with
the design, prototype manufacturing and engineering test processes.
 
    With Virtual Test Software tools, test engineers begin test development work
before  device  design is  completed.  Through the  use  of tester  modeling and
simulation, both  the test  itself and  the  testability of  the design  can  be
verified on a workstation before first silicon deliveries.
 
    DANTES.   The Company believes that the Dantes product is currently the only
commercially available Virtual Test Software product supporting a broad range of
ATE systems.  Dantes provides  graphical test  capture, automated  test  fixture
design, layout and analysis, test program simulation and document generation for
most  phases of the test process. In addition, Dantes provides an interface with
ATE machines by allowing ATE code generation and ATE emulator interface.  Dantes
currently operates in conjunction
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
with  Cadence EDA software  and certain ATE  machines manufactured by Advantest,
Credence, LTX, Teradyne and Yokogawa. The Company plans to expand its interfaces
to work with software produced by other EDA vendors and ATE machines produced by
other manufacturers. The Dantes product was originally developed by Cadence  and
acquired by the Company in 1994. See "Certain Transactions."
 
    SIMULATION AND TEST LANGUAGE (STL).  The STL product provides a Virtual Test
solution  for digital applications. The STL product compiles data for simulation
or for  a  functional  test  program  and  permits  test  engineers  to  compare
simulation results with normative test data.
 
    The  following table sets forth the  Company's Virtual Test Software product
offerings.
 
                         VIRTUAL TEST SOFTWARE PRODUCTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      PRODUCT            APPLICATION                        CAPABILITY
<S>                   <C>                <C>
Dantes                Mixed-signal       Graphic test capture
                                         Integrated tester rule checking
                                         Automated test fixture design, layout, analysis
                                         Test program simulation
                                         Automated ATE code generation
                                         ATE emulator interface
                                         Documentation generation
Simulation and Test   Digital            High level language stimulus generation
Language (STL)                           Compilation for simulation or functional test
                                         program
                                         Compare simulation results with expected data
</TABLE>
 
    Although Virtual Test Software is a relatively new methodology, revenues for
this product line have grown  to 8% of the Company's  net sales for the  quarter
ended  March  31, 1996.  The  Company believes  that  its Virtual  Test Software
provides a  significant  advantage  to  semiconductor  designers  in  shortening
time-to-market  and in reducing  development cost. However,  no assurance can be
given that the Company will be successful in marketing its Virtual Test Software
or that its Virtual Test Software  will adequately meet the requirements of  the
marketplace and achieve rapid market acceptance.
 
    The  success of the Company in  developing new and enhanced products depends
upon a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, its continued  ability
to  adequately fund new product developments, timely and efficient completion of
product  design,  timely  and  efficient  implementation  of  manufacturing  and
assembly processes and product performance and acceptance at customer locations.
There  can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in developing and
marketing new products  and product enhancements  that respond to  technological
change, evolving industry standards and changing customer requirements; that the
Company  will  not  experience  difficulties that  could  delay  or  prevent the
successful development, introduction  and marketing of  these products; or  that
its  new products and product enhancement  will adequately meet the requirements
of the marketplace and achieve  market acceptance. In particular, the  Company's
Virtual  Test Software alternative to traditional methods of developing the test
programs for testing complex electronic devices on expensive test equipment  has
not   yet  achieved   widespread  market   acceptance.  See   "Risk  Factors  --
Technological Change; Importance of Timely Product Introductions."
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
    The Company  has  used  a  variety  of  proprietary  hardware  and  software
technologies  to design  its Test  Stations. The  Company's proprietary hardware
technology includes, among other things, full-custom gallium arsenide integrated
circuits, semi-custom  ECL  integrated  circuits,  semi-custom  CMOS  integrated
circuits,  mixed-signal hybrid  assemblies, MCMs and  high-speed printed circuit
boards, all of which are manufactured  to the Company's specifications by  third
parties. These technologies provide fast data conversions from simulator formats
to  Test Station formats,  complex high speed  verification and characterization
capabilities, and  support  an  interactive user  environment  that  allows  the
Company's customers to debug complex circuits.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    The  Company's  proprietary  software  technology  provides  highly  refined
capability to  convert  all  generally  used simulation  data  to  Test  Station
formats,  and to  enable rapid  interactive debug  capability for  the Company's
customers. The  Company's  products  can  exchange  data  with  the  EDA  design
environments  sold by Cadence, Mentor Graphics,  Synopsys and ViewLogic and with
the ATE environments of Credence and Teradyne. The Company's proprietary Virtual
Test Software  provides an  innovative solution  to manufacturing  test  program
development, fixture development and tester rule checking prior to production of
the prototype.
 
MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS
 
    The  Company's  products serve  design, product  and  test engineers  in the
semiconductor,   aerospace,   automotive,   computer,   consumer    electronics,
datacommunication,   medical   electronics,   multimedia,   network   computing,
telecommunications and other  industries. The Company's  marketing strategy  has
been  to target its sales efforts in the research and development and production
engineering departments of major corporations  in those industries. The  Company
seeks  a broad base of customers in a variety of industries to reduce the effect
of the cyclical nature of any one industry.
 
    For the years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995  and the first  three
months  of 1996, sales to Intel represented  approximately 16%, 22%, 30% and 47%
of the Company's net sales, respectively.  For the year ended December 31,  1993
and  the first three months of 1996, sales to Tokyo Electron represented 12% and
10%, respectively, of the Company's net  sales. No other customer accounted  for
more than 10% of the Company's net sales in 1993, 1994, 1995 or the three months
ended  March 31, 1996.  The Company's five  largest customers based  on 1995 net
sales are Intel, Tokyo Electron Limited, Hughes Microelectronics, Lucky Goldstar
and Samsung.
 
    The loss of a major customer or  any reduction in orders by such  customers,
including  reductions  due to  market or  competitive  conditions, would  have a
material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business, financial  condition  and
results  of operations.  Moreover, the Company's  future success  will depend in
part upon  its ability  to obtain  orders from  new customers,  as well  as  the
financial  condition and success  of its customers and  the general economy. See
"Risk Factors -- Customer  Concentration" and Note 9  of Notes to the  Financial
Statements.
 
    ENGINEERING  TEST STATION MARKET.   The Company's  engineering Test Stations
are part of the Logic Test market,  which is the largest segment of the  overall
semiconductor ATE market. The Logic ATE market is broken into two major sectors,
Engineering  Test and Production Test. The Company's Test Stations are primarily
used  in   Engineering  Test   applications  for   prototype  verification   and
characterization.
 
    PRODUCTION  MARKET.    Production  ATE  Systems  are  used  after production
manufacturing  to   find   defective   parts  or   to   sort   for   performance
characteristics.  Production  ATE  systems  typically  require  high throughput,
timing accuracy and timing flexibility. Production ATE systems are typically the
most  expensive  test  systems  used.  The  production  ATE  market  is   highly
competitive  and under  pricing pressures  as lower  cost ATE  systems enter the
market.
 
    VIRTUAL TEST  MARKET.   The Company  believes semiconductor  companies  will
continue  to seek ways to improve  test engineering productivity and ATE capital
utilization and  will, therefore,  allocate funds  from their  test  engineering
budgets  or ATE capital budgets to purchase the Company's Virtual Test Software.
In addition, Virtual Test Software may be used with the existing installed based
of ATE equipment as well as newly purchased equipment.
 
    While all semiconductor companies can potentially use Virtual Test  Software
to reduce time-to-market and save development cost, it is important to recognize
that  both  the methodology  and product  are  new and  the market  is therefore
difficult to quantify.
 
CUSTOMER SUPPORT AND SERVICE
 
    To be competitive,  the Company  believes it must  provide a  high level  of
support  and  service. Support  and service  accounted  for 20%  and 23%  of the
Company's net sales for the  fiscal year ended December  31, 1995 and the  three
months  ended March 31,  1996, respectively. The  Company maintains and supports
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
products sold  directly in  the United  States with  the Company's  service  and
support  personnel.  The  Company's  international  distributors  and  dedicated
international sales agents  generally provide maintenance  and support to  their
customers.  In addition, Cadence acts as a sales agent for the Company's Virtual
Test Software in  which capacity  it provides "first  call" support  to its  own
customers. The Company offers a toll-free technical support hotline to customers
and  distributors.  Support engineers  answer  the technical  support  calls and
generally provide same-day responses to questions that cannot be resolved during
the initial call. When necessary,  however, support engineers are dispatched  to
the  customer's  facility.  In  addition,  the  Company  provides  refurbishment
services to customers who purchase used Test Stations.
 
    The Company maintains a rapid response program which is designed to  quickly
respond  to customer support  issues. Many of  the Company's customers currently
have support agreements with the Company.  The Company ranked first in 1994  and
1993 in customer satisfaction and quality in the test equipment market according
to  VLSI Research, Inc. The Company's  general warranty period ranges from three
months to  one year  for its  Test Stations.  During such  warranty period,  the
Company will repair or replace failed components. The Company generally warrants
its software products for three months. During such warranty period, the Company
will  investigate all reported problems and will endeavor to provide a solution.
Warranty costs have not been significant to date, but no assurance can be  given
that  such costs will not increase in the future or that any such increase would
not have a  material adverse  effect on  the Company's  financial condition  and
results  of  operations.  A  majority  of  the  Company's  customers  enter into
maintenance  agreements  with  the  Company  which  become  effective  upon  the
expiration of the warranty period.
 
MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
 
    The  Company's  Test Stations  are  complex and  are  used by  the Company's
customers in  critical  projects  which  demand a  high  level  of  quality  and
reliability.  The  Company  invests  significant resources  to  assure  the high
quality and reliability  of its Test  Stations and is  committed to providing  a
high  level of service to its customers  in the event of malfunction to minimize
downtime. The  Company's manufacturing  operations  primarily consist  of  order
administration, materials planning, procurement, final assembly, quality control
of  materials,  components  and  subassemblies,  final  systems  integration and
extensive calibration  and testing.  The Company  uses a  manufacturing  control
computer  system to monitor orders, as well as purchasing, inventory, production
and manufacturing costs.
 
    The Company  currently  uses  several  independent  third-party  vendors  to
manufacture  its subassemblies  and semiconductor  components, including circuit
boards, integrated circuits  and integrated circuits  packaging, cable  assembly
and  mechanical  parts. External  manufacturing  is performed  to  the Company's
specifications with technical support from the Company. If any of the  Company's
third-party  vendors were  to experience  financial, operational,  production or
quality assurance  difficulties  or a  catastrophic  event that  resulted  in  a
reduction  or interruption  in supply  to the  Company, the  Company's operating
results would be  materially adversely affected  until the Company  was able  to
establish  sufficient manufacturing  supply from  alternative sources.  While to
date suitable third party manufacturing  capacity has been available, there  can
be  no assurance  that such  manufacturers will  be able  to meet  the Company's
future requirements or that such services  will continue to be available to  the
Company  at favorable  prices. See  "Risk Factors  -- Dependence  on Third Party
Manufacturers."
 
    The Company  believes it  has  developed a  strong vendor  base,  purchasing
components  and subassemblies both from  national distributors and directly from
vendors' factories. Some of the  subassembly vendors are small, local  companies
to which IMS represents substantial volume.
 
    The  components used  in the  Company's products  consist of  standard parts
available from a multitude of vendors, along with a number of proprietary  items
available  only from  sole or  single source  suppliers. The  Company has supply
commitments from  a  limited  number  of its  vendors  and  generally  purchases
components  on  a purchase  order basis  as opposed  to entering  into long-term
volume agreements. The  Company seeks to  limit the risk  of supply  disruptions
through close relationships with vendors and through a safety stock program that
provides a reserve supply of critical components that will give the Company time
to develop a second source supplier in a timely fashion in the event of a supply
disruption.  However, no  assurance can be  given that these  efforts will prove
successful in all cases.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
    Currently, the Company purchases a number of critical parts from sole source
suppliers for  which  alternative  sources  are  not  available.  The  Company's
reliance on a sole or a limited group of suppliers and on outside subcontractors
involves  several risks, including  a potential inability  to obtain an adequate
supply of  required  components and  reduced  control over  pricing  and  timely
delivery  of components. The Company has  generally been able to obtain adequate
supplies of  components  in a  timely  manner  from current  vendors,  or,  when
necessary to meet production needs, from alternate vendors. However, the Company
has  occasionally experienced component supply,  quality or third party assembly
problems. For example, the Company depends  on a sole sourced custom  integrated
circuit  in one  of its  Test Stations.  In 1994,  a significant  portion of new
deliveries of this part did not  meet specifications, thereby resulting in  Test
Stations  being unable to detect failures when operating at speeds below 10 MHz.
Recently, the Company  experienced late delivery  of IC components  used in  the
driver  module of certain of  its Test Stations. In  addition, the limits within
which these  components operated  required  the Company  to change  its  product
specifications  for those Test Stations.  The Company has thus  far been able to
avoid any material adverse impact on timing of customer deliveries for its  Test
Stations  resulting from  problems of  this type.  However, no  assurance can be
given that supply problems will not recur  and, if such problems do recur,  that
these  strategies will  be effective in  every case. Any  prolonged inability to
obtain adequate supplies of quality  components or any other circumstances  that
would  require the Company  to seek alternative  sources of supply  could have a
material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business, financial  condition  and
results  of  operation and  could damage  the  Company's relationships  with its
customers.
 
    The Company is currently  in the process of  implementing a new  information
system to handle the Company's financial, accounting and production planning and
control  functions. No  assurance can be  given that the  implementation of this
system will not result in significant disruptions to the Company's business such
as the loss  of data  while converting  systems, errors  in planning  production
requirements,  delays in the Company's ability  to effect timely closings of its
accounting records  and other  similar  problems. Any  such disruptions  or  any
failure to successfully implement this new information system in a timely manner
could  have  a  material adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business, financial
condition or results of operations.
 
MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The Company markets its products  domestically through a direct sales  force
which,  as of  March 31,  1996, consisted  of 36  direct sales  and applications
engineering professionals,  sales  managers  and sales  support  personnel.  The
direct   sales  force   has  primary   responsibility  for   developing  orders,
coordinating distribution, providing  demonstrations and providing  applications
support.  The  Company employs  skilled applications  and service  engineers and
technically proficient sales people capable  of serving the sophisticated  needs
of  prospective customers'  engineering staffs as  part of  the customer support
process.  The  sales  force  is  managed  from  the  Company's  headquarters  in
Beaverton,  Oregon  and  its three  regional  offices  in Irvine  and  San Jose,
California; and Boston, Massachusetts.
 
    The  Company  markets  its  products  internationally  through   independent
distributors  managed by  the Company and  through dedicated  agents employed by
Cadence subsidiaries in England,  France, Germany and  Israel. The Company  also
sells through independent distributors in Scandinavia and Italy. The Company may
choose  to establish  foreign sales  subsidiaries to  conduct its  foreign sales
operations in  some locations,  and  may take  over distribution  directly  from
Cadence  in some  jurisdictions. In  Asia, the  Company sells  through dedicated
employees of Cadence subsidiaries in  Taiwan and through distributors in  Japan,
the  People's Republic of China,  the Philippines, Hong Kong, Malaysia/Singapore
and Korea. International sales accounted for approximately 33%, 40%, 32% and 30%
of the Company's net sales for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
and for  the three  months ended  March 31,  1996, respectively.  The  Company's
foreign  sales and service  operations are subject to  risks inherent in foreign
operations, including unexpected  changes in  regulatory requirements,  exchange
rates,  tariffs or other barriers and  potentially negative tax consequences. In
addition, in certain jurisdictions,  there is a risk  of reduced protection  for
the  Company's copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets.  See Note 9 to Notes to
the Financial Statements.
 
    The Company exhibits  at trade  shows to  promote existing  products and  to
introduce  new  products,  and  participates  in  technical  forums  to exchange
marketing and product information with its vendors and
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
customers. The  Company  also  uses advertising  in  trade  journals,  technical
articles,  direct  mail and  telephone solicitations  to  build interest  in the
Company and its products. The Company provides extensive training for its  sales
representatives   and   distributors  and   supports  its   representatives  and
distributors with marketing tools, including sales brochures, demonstration test
equipment and promotional product literature.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    The electronic  design  and  test  equipment  market  is  subject  to  rapid
technological  change and  new product  introductions. The  Company's ability to
remain competitive  in this  market will  depend in  significant part  upon  its
ability  to  continue to  successfully develop  and  introduce new  products and
enhancements on a  timely and cost-effective  basis. There can  be no  assurance
that the Company will be successful in developing and marketing new products and
product  enhancements that  respond to  technological change,  evolving industry
standards  and  changing  customer  requirements,  that  the  Company  will  not
experience  difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development,
introduction and  marketing of  these products,  or that  its new  products  and
product  enhancements will adequately  meet the requirements  of the marketplace
and achieve market acceptance.
 
    The  selection   of  new   capabilities  for   existing  products   and   of
specifications  for new  product lines is  driven in significant  part by strong
communication links with customers. Accordingly, maintaining those communication
links is  a  significant strategic  necessity  for the  Company.  The  Company's
ongoing  research  and development  efforts include  the enhancement  of current
generation Test Stations and Virtual  Test Software and the ongoing  development
of future generation products.
 
    The  Company has historically devoted the great majority of its research and
development efforts to the design  and development of engineering Test  Stations
and  related  hardware  and  software technologies.  Its  Virtual  Test Software
technology was originally developed by Cadence employees and transferred to  the
Company.  The Company is  currently developing additional  software products for
its Virtual  Test  product line  and  expects to  devote  considerable  internal
research and development efforts to this product line in the future.
 
    Research  and development  expenditures for 1993,  1994, 1995  and the three
months ended March 31,  1996 were $3.1 million,  $3.7 million, $6.2 million  and
$2.0  million, respectively. The Company's research and development efforts with
respect to both hardware and software are handled by the Company's research  and
development department. The ratio of software engineers to hardware engineers is
approximately five to one.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  design and  test equipment market  is highly  competitive. Although the
Company believes that it has a competitive advantage in the verification  market
due  to the high performance and cost effectiveness of its products, the Company
anticipates that technical advancement in  the industry generally could lead  to
increased competition in the future.
 
    The   Company  believes  that  the  principal  competitive  factors  in  the
verification  and   characterization  markets   are  product   performance   and
reliability,  price, ease of use, marketing and distribution capability, service
and support and the supplier's  reputation and financial stability. The  Company
believes  that it competes  favorably with respect  to all principal competitive
factors and that it is particularly strong in the areas of product  performance,
ease of use, low cost and service and support.
 
    The  Company  currently competes  with a  number  of other  verification and
characterization equipment manufacturers. Some  of these manufacturers, such  as
Hewlett-Packard,  Teradyne  and  Tektronix  have  greater  financial, marketing,
manufacturing  and  technological  resources  than  the  Company.  New   product
introductions  or product announcements by the Company's competitors could cause
a decline  in sales  or loss  of  market acceptance  of the  Company's  existing
products.  Moreover, increased  competitive pressure  could lead  to intensified
price-based competition,  which could  have  a material  adverse effect  on  the
Company's  business, financial condition and  results of operations. The Company
believes that  its long-term  success  will depend  largely  on its  ability  to
identify  design and  test needs ahead  of its competitors  and develop products
which respond to those needs in a  timely manner. In addition, no assurance  can
be  given that other companies, including  Cadence, which retains certain rights
to the Virtual Test Software technology, and
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
other EDA  companies,  will not  develop  methodologies and  products  that  are
competitive  with the Company's Virtual Test Software business. The Company also
believes that  to  remain competitive,  it  will require  significant  financial
resources  in  order to  invest in  new  product development  and to  maintain a
worldwide customer service and support network.  There can be no assurance  that
the  Company  will be  able to  compete  successfully in  the future.  See "Risk
Factors -- Highly Competitive Industry."
 
BACKLOG
 
    The Company  schedules production  of  its Test  Stations based  upon  order
backlog  and  order forecast.  The Company  includes in  its backlog  only those
customer orders for  systems and  services for  which it  has accepted  purchase
orders  and assigned shipment  or performance dates  within the following twelve
months.  The  majority  of  the  Company's  orders,  however,  are  subject   to
cancellation  or  rescheduling by  the customer  with  limited or  no penalties.
Accordingly, the Company's backlog at any particular date may not necessarily be
representative of actual sales for any succeeding period due to orders  received
for  systems  to be  shipped in  the  same quarter,  possible changes  in system
delivery schedules,  cancellations  of orders  and  potential delays  in  system
shipments.
 
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
 
    The  Company does not currently have any patents and historically has relied
principally on trade  secret and copyright  law to protect  its technology.  The
Company  believes that, because of the rapid pace of technological change in the
data communications and  telecommunications industries,  the legal  intellectual
property  protection  for  its products  is  a  less significant  factor  in the
Company's success than the knowledge, abilities and experience of the  Company's
employees,  the frequency of its product  enhancements, the effectiveness of its
marketing activities and the timeliness and quality of its support services. The
Company's policy has been to enter into nondisclosure/confidentiality agreements
with all employees,  and it generally  enters into agreements  with vendors  and
others  that  likewise  limit  access to  and  distribution  of  its proprietary
information. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company  will
provide  adequate protection of  its technology or that  competitors will not be
able to develop similar  or functionally equivalent  technology. In the  future,
the  Company  may receive  notice of  claims of  infringement of  other parties'
proprietary rights and there can be no assurance that infringement or invalidity
claims (or claims for indemnification resulting from infringement claims against
third parties, such as  customers) will not be  asserted against the Company  or
that  any  such  assertions will  not  have  a material  adverse  affect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. If any claims
or actions are asserted against  the Company, the Company  may seek to obtain  a
license  of such  third party's  intellectual property  rights. There  can be no
assurance, however, that under such circumstances, a license would be  available
under  reasonable terms or at all. See "Risk Factors -- Proprietary Rights." The
Company also licenses  and/ or holds  marketing rights to  certain software,  to
which  the copyright is  owned by other parties  including Cadence. See "Certain
Transactions."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At March 31, 1996, the Company had 222 employees, including 53 in  marketing
and  sales, 68 in manufacturing, 70 in research, development and engineering and
31 in administration and finance. The  Company believes that its future  success
will  depend on  its continued  ability to  attract and  retain highly qualified
technical, management and marketing personnel.  The Company's employees are  not
subject  to  a collective  bargaining  unit and  the  Company believes  that its
employee relations are very good. The Company also currently sells and  supports
its  products in Europe, Israel and  Taiwan through Cadence employees located in
Cadence facilities and  who act  as dedicated agents  of the  Company under  the
terms  of the  Corporate Services  Agreement. These  Cadence employees  sell and
support the Company's products on a full-time basis and coordinate their efforts
with the Company's manufacturing facility in the United States. The Company pays
to Cadence the full cost of Cadence's expense (plus an agency fee) for Cadence's
employees who will fulfill dedicated agent  functions of the Company in  certain
markets  under the terms  of a Corporate Services  Agreement between the Company
and Cadence. See  "Certain Transactions."  There can  be no  assurance that  the
Company  will retain the services  of such agents for  the term of the Corporate
Services Agreement or that replacement personnel  could be retained on a  timely
basis, if at all. The loss of
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
such  personnel and the failure to  attract and retain replacement employees, or
the costs  associated with  hiring new  sales personnel  and providing  adequate
facilities  and benefits to such employees  would likely have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The Company's executive  offices, as  well as  its principal  manufacturing,
engineering  and  marketing  operations, are  located  in a  leased  building of
approximately 75,000  square feet  in Beaverton,  Oregon. The  lease expires  on
December  31, 1998. The Company believes the space will be adequate through that
period and, if required,  suitable space is available  nearby. The Company  also
leases  a total of approximately 7,500 square  feet of office space in which its
eastern and  western  regional sales  offices  are located.  Under  a  Corporate
Services  Agreement  between  Cadence and  the  Company, Cadence  has  agreed to
provide office space and associated office support for certain Company personnel
located in the  United States and  a number of  foreign countries. See  "Certain
Transactions -- Agreements with Cadence."
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
    The  following  table sets  forth certain  information  with respect  to the
executive officers and directors of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                               AGE                                POSITION
- ---------------------------------------------      ---      ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>
Keith L. Barnes..............................          44   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Sar Ramadan..................................          53   Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
Mark Allison.................................          39   Vice President, Marketing
W. Barry Baril...............................          44   Vice President, Engineering
James P. Fraine..............................          40   Vice President, Sales
Donald E. Grant..............................          54   Vice President, Operations
Gwyn Harvey..................................          42   Director of Human Resources
Kenneth R. Lindsay...........................          51   Vice President, Asia Operations
Marvin S. Wolfson............................          43   General Manager, Test Software Division
H. Raymond Bingham (1).......................          50   Chairman of the Board
Delbert W. Yocam (2).........................          52   Director, Compensation Committee Chairman
C. Scott Gibson (1)(2).......................          43   Director, Audit Committee Chairman
James M. Hurd (1)............................          48   Director
James E. Solomon.............................          59   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Member of Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of Compensation Committee.
 
    Mr. Barnes has been  the Company's President since  April 1991 and became  a
director of the Company in 1989. From 1989 to 1991, Mr. Barnes was the Company's
General  Manager. Mr. Barnes is a member of the Board of Trustees for the Oregon
Graduate Institute of Science and Technology. Mr. Barnes is Chairman  Ex-officio
of the American Electronics Association, Oregon Council, and was a member of the
Board  of Directors of the American  Electronics Association in 1993. Mr. Barnes
is a director of Eclipse Technology, a manufacturer of laser imaging products.
 
    Mr. Ramadan joined the Company in  1993 as Chief Financial Officer, and  was
elected  Secretary and Treasurer in 1995. Prior to joining IMS, Mr. Ramadan held
the positions  of  Finance  Director  and Chief  Accounting  Officer  of  Mentor
Graphics  Corp., a supplier of  EDA software, from 1987  to 1993. In addition he
was Vice  President of  Finance for  CAD/CAM Resources  Inc., a  computer  aided
mechanical  design business,  between 1985  and 1987,  and Vice  President Group
Controller at Computervision Corporation from 1979 to 1985.
 
    Mr. Allison  joined  the Company  in  November  1995 as  Vice  President  of
Marketing.  Prior to  joining the  Company, Mr.  Allison was  Director of Memory
Marketing for Credence  Corporation during  1995 and Director  of Marketing  for
Megatest Corporation, from 1985 to 1995. Both companies are ATE manufacturers.
 
    Mr.  Baril is a founder  of the Company, and has  been the Vice President of
Engineering since the  Company's inception  in 1983. Previously,  Mr. Baril  was
Engineering  Group Manager for the Logic  Analyzer Division of Tektronix, a high
technology company,  for one  year,  Hybrid Circuit  Project Manager  and  Group
Leader  for three years in  Tektronix labs, and a  Hybrid Circuit Project Leader
and Design Engineer for four years  at Burr Brown, an analog integrated  circuit
company.
 
    Mr.  Fraine joined the Company in 1994  as Vice President of Sales. Prior to
joining the Company, he was the National Sales Manager at Teradyne, Inc., an ATE
company, from 1989 to 1994 and held  the position of Account Manager at  GenRad,
Inc.  from 1976  to 1986.  In addition,  Mr. Fraine  has held  several sales and
marketing positions at STS/Axiom Technology, Inc., a mixed-signal test equipment
company.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    Mr. Grant joined the Company in 1989 as Vice President of Operations.  Prior
to  joining the  Company, Mr.  Grant was  Director of  Manufacturing at Protocol
Systems, a  medical device  manufacturer,  from 1986  to  1989 and  Director  of
Operations  at  Kentrox Industries  from 1983  to 1986.  Mr. Grant  held various
manufacturing positions with Hewlett Packard from 1972 to 1983.
 
    Ms. Harvey joined the Company in 1987 as Director of Human Resources.  Prior
to  joining  the Company,  Ms. Harvey  worked  in a  variety of  human resources
positions with Metheus Corporation, Computervision Corporation,
Metheus-Computervision,  Inc.,  Sierracin-EOI  and  Fairchild,  a   Schlumberger
Company.
 
    Mr. Lindsay is a founder of the Company, and has served as Vice President of
Asia  Operations since 1992, Asian  Business Manager from 1989  to 1992 and Vice
President and Director  of Marketing  from 1983 to  1989. Prior  to joining  the
Company, Mr. Lindsay was world wide Marketing Manager for the Semiconductor Test
Systems  Division  of  Tektronix,  and  held  other  marketing,  management, and
engineering positions at Tektronix.
 
    Mr. Wolfson joined the  Company in 1992 as  Vice President of Marketing  and
became  General Manager of the Software Division  in 1994. In November 1995, Mr.
Wolfson became  the General  Manager of  the Test  Software Division.  Prior  to
joining  the  Company,  Mr. Wolfson  held  a  variety of  positions  with Mentor
Graphics, a supplier of EDA software, between 1983 and 1992, including Marketing
Director, General Manager  and Product  Group Vice President.  Prior to  joining
Mentor   Graphics,  Mr.  Wolfson  held  engineering  management  positions  with
Honeywell's Solid State Electronics Division, as  well as a number of  technical
and managerial positions in the EDA simulator industry.
 
    Mr.  Bingham has been a director of the Company since July 1993 and Chairman
of the  Board  since May  1995.  Mr. Bingham  joined  Cadence in  June  1993  as
Executive  Vice President  and Chief  Financial Officer.  From June  1985 to May
1993, he served as Executive Vice  President and Chief Financial Officer of  Red
Lion  Hotels and Inns,  which owns and  operates a chain  of hotels. Mr. Bingham
serves as a director of Sunstone Investors Inc.
 
    Mr. Yocam has served  as a director  of the Company since  May 1995. He  has
been  an independent  consultant from  November 1994  to the  present. Mr. Yocam
served as President, Chief Operating Officer and a director of Tektronix,  Inc.,
a  high technology company, from September 1992 through November 1994. He was an
independent consultant from November  1989 until September  1992. Mr. Yocam  was
with Apple Computer, Inc. from November 1979 through November 1989, serving in a
variety of executive management positions including Chief Operating Officer from
August  1986 through August 1988 and President of Apple Pacific from August 1988
to November 1989. Mr. Yocam is also a director of Adobe Systems, Inc., Castelle,
Inc., Oracle Corp. and Sapiens International Corp.
 
    Mr. Gibson has  served as  a director  of the  Company since  May 1995.  Mr.
Gibson co-founded Sequent Computer Systems, Inc., a computer system supplier, in
1983  and served as Sequent's President from 1988 through March 1992. Mr. Gibson
serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Adaptive Solutions, Inc., and  a
director  of Inference  Corp., RadiSys  Corporation and  TriQuint Semiconductor,
Inc. Mr. Gibson also serves as a Vice Chairman of the Oregon Graduate  Institute
of Science and Technology and as a director of several privately held technology
companies.
 
    Mr.  Hurd has served as  a director of the Company  since May 1995. Mr. Hurd
co-founded  Planar  Systems,  Inc.,  a  publicly  traded  manufacturer  of  high
performance  information  displays and  has served  as  its President  and Chief
Executive Officer since  1983. Mr. Hurd  is also a  director of Planar  Systems,
Inc.  Mr. Hurd  is a  member of the  Board of  Trustees for  the Oregon Graduate
Institute of Science and Technology.
 
    Mr. Solomon has served as  a director of the  Company since April 1995.  Mr.
Solomon  has served  as Senior Vice  President and Chief  Technology Officer for
Cadence since February 1994. Mr. Solomon has served as Senior Vice President  of
Cadence's   Analog  Division  from   January  1993  to   February  1994  and  as
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
President of Cadence's Analog Division from  December 1988 to January 1993.  Mr.
Solomon also served as Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Cadence from May
1988  until May  1989. Mr. Solomon  is also the  Chairman of the  Board of Smart
Machines, Inc., and Xulu Entertainment, Inc., private companies.
 
    The Company's directors are divided into  three classes and serve for  three
year  terms, with  one class  being elected by  the shareholders  each year. The
terms of the current directors will expire as follows: Messrs. Bingham and Yocam
in 1997, Messrs. Barnes and Gibson in 1998 and Messrs. Solomon and Hurd in 1999.
The members  of the  Audit  Committee currently  are  Messrs. Gibson,  Hurd  and
Bingham.  The Audit Committee reviews the scope of the independent annual audit,
the independent public accountants' letter to the Board of Directors  concerning
the  effectiveness of the  Company's internal financial  and accounting controls
and the Board of  Directors' response to that  letter, if deemed necessary.  The
Board  of Directors  also has appointed  a Compensation  Committee which reviews
executive compensation and  establishes executive compensation  levels and  also
administers  the  Company's  stock  option plans  and  the  1995  Employee Stock
Purchase Plan. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, the  Compensation
Committee  held  nine  meetings.  The  members  of  the  Compensation  Committee
currently are Messrs. Yocam and Gibson.
 
    Article  V  of  the  Company's  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation,  (the
"Restated  Articles"), provides that the Company's directors may be removed only
for cause, and only at a meeting called expressly for that purpose by a vote  of
75% of the votes then entitled to be cast for the election of directors.
 
    Executive  officers of the  Company are appointed by  the Board of Directors
and serve at the discretion of the Board.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    The  members  of  the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  are  reimbursed  for
out-of-pocket  and  travel expenses  incurred  in attending  Board  meetings. In
addition, non-employee  members of  the  Board of  Directors receive  an  annual
retainer  of $10,000, $1,000 for each Board meeting attended and $1,000 for each
meeting of a  committee of the  Board attended. Under  the Company's 1995  Stock
Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors, each person who is a nonemployee director
receives  certain stock options. See "--  1995 Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee
Directors."
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following  table  provides   certain  summary  information   concerning
compensation  for  the fiscal  years ended  December  31, 1994  and 1995  of the
Company's Chief  Executive  Officer and  each  of  the four  other  most  highly
compensated   executive  officers  of  the  Company  (collectively,  the  "named
executive officers"), for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   LONG-TERM
                                                              ANNUAL COMPENSATION                 COMPENSATION
                                                -----------------------------------------------  --------------
                                                                                  OTHER ANNUAL   STOCK OPTIONS     ALL OTHER
         NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION              YEAR       SALARY      BONUS    COMPENSATION      GRANTED      COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -------------  --------------  -------------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>
Keith L. Barnes ..............................       1994  $  185,000  $  58,366  $    7,115(1)      70,000(2)    $   7,493(3)
 President and Chief Executive Officer               1995     195,000     98,886      11,538(1)      84,000           7,654(3)
James P. Fraine ..............................       1994      59,583     --          27,436(4)        --            27,237(5)
 Vice President, Sales                               1995     132,250     --          83,101(4)      14,000           7,331(5)
Kenneth R. Lindsay ...........................       1994      82,400     --         104,831(4)       3,000(2)          661(6)
 Vice President, Asia Operations                     1995      95,983      1,689      52,916(4)      28,000           8,052(3)
Marvin S. Wolfson ............................       1994     124,080     37,626       --              --               404(6)
 General Manager, Test Software Division             1995     124,080     28,265       --            31,000             404(6)
W. Barry Baril ...............................       1994     108,760     30,831       --            15,000(2)        1,579(6)
 Vice President, Engineering                         1995     113,440     31,149       4,423(1)      70,000             361(6)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Reflects a cash payment in lieu of vacation.
 
(2) Reflects options to purchase shares of Cadence Common Stock.
 
(3) Represents automobile allowance and Company payments of additional insurance
    premiums.
 
(4) Represents sales commissions.
 
(5) Represents  relocation  reimbursement  and Company  payments  of  additional
    insurance premiums.
 
(6) Represents Company payments of additional insurance premiums.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
OPTION GRANT TABLE
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  concerning options
granted to the named executive officers during the year ended December 31,  1995
under the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                           NUMBER OF    PERCENT OF                                RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                                          SECURITIES   TOTAL OPTIONS                            APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                                          UNDERLYING    GRANTED TO     EXERCISE                         TERM(3)
                                            OPTIONS    EMPLOYEES IN    PRICE PER   EXPIRATION   ------------------------
NAME                                      GRANTED(1)    FISCAL 1995    SHARE(2)       DATE          5%          10%
- ----------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Keith L. Barnes.........................      84,000            15%    $    8.50      5/10/05   $  448,560  $  1,138,200
James P. Fraine.........................      14,000             3          8.50      5/10/05       74,760       189,700
Kenneth R. Lindsay......................      28,000             5          8.50      5/10/05      149,520       379,400
Marvin S. Wolfson.......................      31,000             6          8.50      5/10/05      165,540       420,050
W. Barry Baril..........................      70,000            13          8.50      5/10/05      373,800       948,500
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Options granted become exercisable starting with the end of the month of the
    grant  date, with  1/48th of  the total  number of  options granted becoming
    exercisable at  that time  and with  an additional  1/48th of  such  options
    becoming  exercisable each month thereafter,  with a total four-year vesting
    period.
 
(2) Options were granted at an exercise price equal to the estimated fair market
    value of the Company's Common Stock at the time of grant.
 
(3) The potential  realizable value  is calculated based  upon the  term of  the
    option  at its time of  grant (10 years) and  is calculated by assuming that
    the stock price  on the date  of grant appreciates  at the indicated  annual
    rate  compounded annually  for the  entire term of  the option  and that the
    option is exercised and sold on the last day of its term for the appreciated
    price. The 5%  and 10% assumed  rates of appreciation  are derived from  the
    rules  of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission and do  not represent the
    Company's estimates or projection  of the future  Common Stock price.  There
    can  be no assurance that the Common Stock will appreciate at any particular
    rate or at all in future years.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
OPTION EXERCISES AND HOLDING
 
    The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the named
executive  officers  concerning  the  exercise  of  options  granted  under  the
Company's 1995 Stock Incentive Plan during the year ended December 31, 1995, and
the value of unexercised options held as of December 31, 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER OF SECURITIES        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                               UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED       IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
                                     SHARES                     OPTIONS AT FY-END(1)          AT FY-END(1)(2)
                                   ACQUIRED ON     VALUE     --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                               EXERCISE(1)  REALIZED(1)  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Keith L. Barnes..................      --           --           14,004        69,996     $  87,525    $   437,475
James P. Fraine..................      --           --            2,334        11,666        14,588         72,913
Kenneth R. Lindsay...............      --           --            4,668        23,332        29,175        145,825
Marvin S. Wolfson................      --           --            5,168        25,832        32,300        161,450
W. Barry Baril...................      --           --           11,671        58,329        72,944        364,556
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  The above table  excludes information regarding  exercises and the year-end
    value of options to acquire shares of Common Stock of Cadence (the Company's
    majority shareholder) granted prior to the Company's initial public offering
    and in years  prior to  1995. Cadence offers  its employees  a stock  option
    program,  including employees employed by  subsidiaries of Cadence. Prior to
    contemplation of  the Company's  initial  public offering,  Cadence  offered
    options to acquire Common Stock of Cadence to Company employees and officers
    under  the stock option program. All of  the options to acquire Common Stock
    of Valid Logic held by  Company employees as of  the 1991 merger of  Cadence
    and  Valid Logic, of which the Company was then a subsidiary, were exchanged
    for options to  acquire shares of  Common Stock of  Cadence. The options  to
    acquire  Common Stock  of Cadence have  been vesting  since Cadence's merger
    with Valid Logic. No options to acquire Common Stock of Cadence were granted
    in 1995  to  any  officers  of the  Company.  In  1995,  Company  employees,
    including  officers, exercised  422,827 options  to acquire  Common Stock of
    Cadence  and  realized  gains  of  $7,123,995.  Of  these  422,827   options
    exercised,  officers of the Company exercised  options for 228,095 shares of
    Cadence Common Stock and realized  gains of $3,771,390. The named  executive
    officers accounted for gains of $3,007,025.
 
    Gains  from  the exercise  and sale  of  Cadence options  do not  impact the
    Company's expenses or  results of operations.  Furthermore, such options  do
    not  enter into the calculation of  the Company's outstanding shares nor its
    earnings per share calculations.
 
    The Shares  Acquired  on  Exercise, Value  Realized,  Number  of  Securities
    Underlying  Unexercised  Options at  FY-End  (Exercisable/Unexercisable) and
    Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at FY-End
    (Exercisable/Unexercisable) with respect to the Cadence options held by  the
    named  executive officers is as follows:  Mr. Barnes -- 137,718, $2,114,391,
    0, 35,836, $0  and $1,189,100; Mr.  Fraine -- 13,275,  $239,251, 6,  24,219,
    $191  and $770,467; Mr.  Lindsay -- 5,380, $60,215,  937, 4,220, $31,332 and
    $140,368; Mr.  Wolfson  --  11,460, $202,506,  3,124,  4,167,  $111,097  and
    $148,189;  Mr.  Baril  --  22,895,  $390,661,  1,467,  15,330,  $49,413, and
    $505,093. The  Cadence share  numbers presented  herein do  not reflect  the
    3-for-2  stock split  to be  paid as a  dividend to  Cadence shareholders of
    record as of May 16, 1996.
 
(2) Amounts  reflected  are  based  upon the  market  value  of  the  underlying
    securities at fiscal year end minus the exercise price.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    The  Compensation  Committee  of  the Board  of  Directors  consists  of two
persons, neither  of whom  has been  or  is an  officer or  an employee  of  the
Company.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
STOCK OPTION PLANS
 
  1995 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    The  Company's  1995  Stock  Incentive Plan  (the  "1995  Plan"),  which was
approved by the Company's sole shareholder on May 11, 1995, provides for  grants
of  both "incentive  stock options"  within the  meaning of  Section 422  of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and "non-qualified  stock
options"  which are not qualified  for treatment under Section  422 of the Code,
and for  direct  stock grants  and  sales to  employees  or consultants  of  the
Company.  The  purposes of  the 1995  Plan are  to attract  and retain  the best
available personnel  for positions  of  substantial responsibility,  to  provide
additional  incentives to  the employees and  consultants of the  Company and to
promote  the  Company's  business.  The   1995  Plan  is  administered  by   the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
    The  term of each option  granted under the 1995  Plan will generally be ten
years from the date of  grant, or such shorter period  as may be established  at
the time of the grant. An option granted under the 1995 Plan may be exercised at
such  times  and  under  such  conditions  as  determined  by  the  Compensation
Committee. If a person who has been  granted an option ceases to be an  employee
or  consultant of the Company, such person  may exercise that option only during
the exercise period established  by the Compensation Committee  at the time  the
options  were  granted,  which  shall  not exceed  90  days  after  the  date of
termination, and only to the extent that the option was exercisable on the  date
of  termination. If  a person  who has been  granted an  option ceases  to be an
employee or  consultant  as  a  result of  such  person's  total  and  permanent
disability,  such  person may  exercise that  option at  any time  within twelve
months after the date of termination, but only to the extent that the option was
exercisable on the date of termination. No option granted under the 1995 Plan is
transferable other than at death, and each option is exercisable during the life
of the optionee only by the optionee. In the event of the death of a person  who
has  received an option, the  option generally may be  exercised by a person who
acquired the option  by bequest or  inheritance during the  twelve month  period
after  the date of death, to the extent  that such option was exercisable at the
date of death.
 
    The exercise price of  incentive stock options granted  under the 1995  Plan
may  not be less than  the fair market value  of a share of  Common Stock on the
last market trading day prior to the date of grant of the option.  Non-qualified
stock  options may  not be granted  for less than  85% of fair  market value and
options granted to  greater than 10%  shareholders may not  be granted for  less
than 110% of fair market value. The consideration to be paid upon exercise of an
option,  including the method of payment, will be determined by the Compensation
Committee and may consist entirely of cash, check, shares of Common Stock or any
combination of  such  methods  of  payment  as  permitted  by  the  Compensation
Committee.
 
    Certain options authorized to be granted under the 1995 Plan are intended to
qualify  as  incentive  stock options  for  federal income  tax  purposes. Under
federal income  tax law  currently in  effect, the  optionee will  recognize  no
income  upon grant or upon a proper exercise of an incentive stock option. If an
employee exercises an incentive stock option and does not dispose of any of  the
option  shares within two years following the  date of grant and within one year
following  the  date  of  exercise,  then  any  gain  realized  upon  subsequent
disposition of the shares will be treated as income from the sale or exchange of
a  capital asset. If an employee disposes of shares acquired upon exercise of an
incentive stock  option before  the expiration  or either  the one-year  holding
period  or the two-year waiting  period, any amount realized  will be taxable as
ordinary compensation income in  the year of  such disqualifying disposition  to
the  extent  that the  lesser of  the fair  market  value of  the shares  on the
exercise date or the fair market value of the shares on the date of  disposition
exceeds  the exercise price. The  Company will not be  allowed any deduction for
federal income tax purposes at  either the time of the  grant or exercise of  an
incentive  stock option. Upon any disqualifying  disposition by an employee, the
Company will be  entitled to  a deduction to  the extent  the employee  realized
ordinary income.
 
    Certain options authorized to be granted under the 1995 Plan will be treated
as  non-qualified stock options  for federal income  tax purposes. Under federal
income tax law presently in  effect, no income is realized  by the grantee of  a
non-qualified  stock  option  pursuant to  the  1995  Plan until  the  option is
exercised. At the time of exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the optionee
will realize ordinary compensation
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
income, and the Company will be entitled to a deduction, in the amount by  which
the  market value of  the shares subject to  the option at  the time of exercise
exceeds  the  exercise  price.  The  Company's  deduction  is  conditioned  upon
withholding on the income amount. Upon the sale of shares acquired upon exercise
of a non-qualified stock option, the excess of the amount realized from the sale
over the market value of the shares on the date of exercise will be taxable.
 
    The  1995  Plan  will continue  in  effect  until May  2005,  unless earlier
terminated by the Board of Directors,  but such termination will not affect  the
terms of any options outstanding at that time. The Board of Directors may amend,
terminate  or suspend  the 1995  Plan at  any time,  provided that  no amendment
regarding amount, price or timing of the grants may be made more than once every
six months, other than  to conform with changes  in certain requirements of  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Internal Revenue Code. Amendments that would
materially  increase the number of shares  that may be issued, materially modify
the requirements as to  eligibility for 1995  Plan participation, or  materially
increase  the benefits to 1995  Plan participants must be  approved by a vote of
the Company's shareholders.
 
    Set forth  below is  information as  to the  number of  options to  purchase
Company  Common Stock that have been granted  under the 1995 Plan to the persons
and groups identified in the table as of December 31, 1995. The closing price of
the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market was $26 on May 23, 1996.
 
    The Company has reserved 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under
the 1995 Plan. During the period of January 1, 1996 to May 20, 1996, options  to
purchase  262,275 shares of Common Stock were granted to the Company's employees
under the 1995  Plan at  exercise prices ranging  from $12.75  to $24.00,  which
represent  the closing market price on the last trading day prior to date of the
option grants. The Company's named executive officers were granted options under
the 1995  Plan as  follows: Mr.  Barnes --  120,000; Mr.  Fraine --  7,000;  Mr.
Lindsay -- 5,000; Mr. Wolfson -- 5,000 and Mr. Baril -- 10,000.
 
  1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN FOR NONEMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
 
    Nonemployee  members of the Board of  Directors participate in the Company's
1995 Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors (the "1995 Nonemployee Director
Plan"), which  was adopted  to promote  the  interests of  the Company  and  its
shareholders  by  strengthening  the  Company's ability  to  attract  and retain
experienced and knowledgeable nonemployee directors by enhancing their incentive
to work on behalf of the Company  and its shareholders and to encourage them  to
acquire  an  increased  proprietary  interest in  the  Company.  Under  the 1995
Nonemployee Director Plan, a  10,000 share stock option  is granted to each  new
nonemployee  director at the time  such person is first  elected or appointed to
the Board. In addition, each nonemployee director receives an option to purchase
3,000 shares of Common Stock annually after each annual meeting of shareholders.
Set forth below  is a  summary of  the material  terms of  the 1995  Nonemployee
Director Plan.
 
    Each  option  expires ten  years  from the  date  of its  grant. Outstanding
options will expire  earlier if  an optionee  terminates service  as a  director
before  the end  of the ten  year term. If  an optionee terminates  service as a
director for any reason  other than retirement, total  disability or death,  the
option  will automatically expire 90  days after the date  of termination. If an
optionee dies or terminates service due  to retirement or total disability,  the
options  then  outstanding will  expire  one year  after  the date  of  death or
termination or on the stated expiration date, whichever is earlier. Options  are
not  assignable and  may not be  transferred other than  by will or  the laws of
descent and distribution.
 
    The exercise price of  options granted under  the 1995 Nonemployee  Director
Plan  may not be less than  the fair market value of  a share of Common Stock on
the date of grant of the option. Payment of the option exercise price may be  in
cash  or, to the extent permitted by  the Compensation Committee, by delivery of
previously owned Company stock  having a fair market  value equal to the  option
exercise or a combination of cash and stock. The Compensation Committee may also
permit  "cashless" option exercises by  allowing optionees to surrender portions
of their options in payment for the stock to be received.
 
    All  options  granted   under  the  1995   Nonemployee  Director  Plan   are
non-qualified  -- not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code. No gain
will be  recognized by  the  optionee at  the time  of  a grant.  Generally,  at
exercise,  ordinary income will be recognized by the optionee in an amount equal
to the
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
difference between the option  exercise price and the  fair market value of  the
shares on the date of exercise, and the Company will receive a tax deduction for
the  same  amount.  At  the  time  the  optionee  disposes  of  the  shares, the
appreciation or depreciation of the shares  since the option was exercised  will
be  treated as either a  short or long term capital  gain, depending on how long
the shares have been held.
 
    The 1995 Nonemployee Director Plan  continues in effect until terminated  by
the  Board of Directors or by shareholders  but such termination will not affect
the terms of any options  outstanding at that time.  The Board of Directors  may
amend,  terminate or  suspend the  1995 Nonemployee  Director Plan  at any time,
provided that no amendment regarding amount,  price or timing of the grants  may
be  made more than once  every six months other than  to conform with changes in
certain Internal  Revenue Code  requirements. Amendments  that would  materially
increase  the  number  of  shares  that may  be  issued,  materially  modify the
requirements  as  to   eligibility  of  the   1995  Nonemployee  Director   Plan
participation,  or  materially increase  the  benefits to  the  1995 Nonemployee
Director Plan participants must be approved by shareholders.
 
    The number  of options  which  may be  granted  under the  1995  Nonemployee
Director  Plan in  fiscal year  1995 may  not exceed  60,000 and  any subsequent
fiscal year may not exceed 18,000,  subject to stock splits and similar  events.
Options  that are forfeited or terminated will  again be available for grant. On
May 6, 1996, options to  purchase 3,000 shares of  Common Stock were granted  to
each of the Company's five nonemployee Directors.
 
  CADENCE OPTIONS
 
    Most  employees of the  Company continue to hold  options to purchase Common
Stock of  Cadence granted  under Cadence's  1987 and  1993 Stock  Option  Plans.
Options  under Cadence's 1987 Stock Option Plan  continue to vest as long as the
Company is  a majority  owned subsidiary  of Cadence  or the  employee  provides
consulting  services to  Cadence. Options granted  under the  Cadence 1993 Stock
Option Plan continue to vest as long as Cadence is a shareholder of the Company.
The Stockholder Agreement between the Company and Cadence, as amended,  provides
that  with respect to options granted under  the 1987 Stock Option Plan, Cadence
will retain certain Company employees as consultants and allow the  continuation
of  vesting of options held by such  consultants until fully vested. The balance
of Company employees who are holders of options will be compensated, in the form
of cash for the value of unvested stock options. Such payout will be  contingent
upon  each employee's  continued employment with  the Company  for the remaining
unvested period related to these stock options. Compensation will be paid to the
employees, over  the  remaining vesting  period,  in  the amount  equal  to  the
difference  between the option price  and the fair market  value, as defined, of
Cadence Common Stock on the date of the cancellation of these stock options.
 
1995 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    On December 15, 1995, the Board of Directors adopted, and on May 6, 1996 the
shareholders approved,  the Company's  1995 Employee  Stock Purchase  Plan  (the
"ESPP").  The Company has  reserved 250,000 shares of  Common Stock for issuance
under the ESPP. The purpose of the ESPP is to provide a convenient and practical
means by which employees may participate in stock ownership of the Company.  The
Board  of  Directors  believes that  the  opportunity to  acquire  a proprietary
interest in the  success of  the Company through  the acquisition  of shares  of
Common  Stock  pursuant to  the ESPP  is  an important  aspect of  the Company's
ability to  attract and  retain highly  qualified and  motivated employees.  The
following is a summary of the basic terms and provisions of the ESPP.
 
    The  ESPP  is administered  by the  Compensation Committee  of the  Board of
Directors. The Compensation Committee  has the power to  make and interpret  all
rules  and regulations it deems  necessary to administer the  ESPP and has broad
authority to amend the ESPP, subject to certain amendments requiring shareholder
approval.
 
    All regular employees  of the  Company and its  subsidiaries, including  the
Company's  officers, are eligible to  participate in the ESPP  if they: (i) have
been customarily employed by the Company  more than five months in any  calendar
year, and (ii) are employed in a position with regular hours of more than twenty
hours  per week. Eligible  employees may elect  to contribute from  1% to 10% of
their cash compensation during each pay period. The ESPP provides for two annual
six-month offering periods, beginning  on February 1 and  August 1 of each  year
(the   "Enrollment   Dates").   During   the   offering   periods,  participants
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
accumulate funds  in  an account  via  payroll deduction.  At  the end  of  each
six-month  offering period, the purchase price is determined and the accumulated
funds are used to  automatically purchase shares of  Common Stock. The  purchase
price  per share is equal  to 85% of the  lower of the fair  market value of the
Common Stock (a) on the Enrollment Date  of the offering period or (b) the  date
of purchase. Unless a participant files a withdrawal notice before the beginning
of  the next offering period, such participant will automatically be re-enrolled
for the next offering period.
 
    Neither payroll  deductions  credited to  a  participant's account  nor  any
rights  with regard to  the purchase of  shares under the  ESPP may be assigned,
transferred, pledged or  otherwise disposed of  in any way  by the  participant.
Upon  termination  of  a participant's  employment  for any  reason  the payroll
deductions credited  to  the  participant's  account will  be  returned  to  the
participant.  As of  March 31,  1996, there  were 219  employees of  the Company
eligible to participate in the ESPP and 91 employees participating.
 
    The ESPP is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan"  within
the  meaning of Section  423 of the Code.  Under the Code,  no taxable income is
recognized by the participant  with respect to shares  purchased under the  ESPP
either  at the  time of enrollment  or at  any purchase date  within an offering
period.
 
    If the participant disposes  of shares purchased pursuant  to the ESPP  more
than  two years from the Enrollment Date and more than one year from the date on
which the shares were purchased, the participant will recognize ordinary  income
equal  to the lesser of (i) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at
the time of disposition over the purchase price, or (ii) 15% of the fair  market
value  of the  shares on  the Enrollment  Date. Any  gain on  the disposition in
excess of  the amount  treated as  ordinary  income will  be capital  gain.  The
Company  is not entitled to  take a deduction for the  amount of the discount in
circumstances indicated above.
 
    If the participant disposes of shares purchased pursuant to the ESPP  within
two  years after the Enrollment Date or within one year after the purchase date,
the employee will  recognize ordinary income  on the excess  of the fair  market
value  of the stock on the purchase date over the purchase price. Any difference
between the sale price of the shares  and the fair market value on the  purchase
date  will be capital gain or loss. The  Company is entitled to a deduction from
income equal  to the  amount the  employee  is required  to report  as  ordinary
compensation income.
 
    The  federal  income tax  rules relating  to  employee stock  purchase plans
qualifying under Section 423 of the  Code are complex. Therefore, the  foregoing
outline  is intended  to summarize only  certain major federal  income tax rules
concerning qualified employee stock purchase plans.
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS
 
    The Company  has  entered  into  Employment  Agreements  with  each  of  its
executive  officers.  Each such  Employment  Agreement is  terminable  by either
party. If an executive officer resigns voluntarily or is properly terminated for
cause, all pay and  benefits under the  agreement will cease as  of the date  of
such  resignation or  termination. If an  executive officer  is terminated other
than for cause (including the voluntary resignation by an officer upon a  breach
by  the  Company of  its obligations  to the  executive officer),  the executive
officer would receive all  base salary, commissions  and bonuses earned  through
the  date of  termination plus  a payment  equal to  all accumulated  but unused
vacation and sick leave. In addition, the officer would be entitled to continued
vesting of options  (or alternatively  be paid  the in-the-money  value of  such
options),  certain benefits, and payment of  base salary for a severance period,
which is two  years in the  case of  Mr. Barnes, 18  months in the  case of  Mr.
Ramadan  and  six months  for each  other executive  officer. By  agreement with
Cadence, Cadence would also  accelerate any Cadence  options that the  executive
officer  may hold which  would, by their  original vesting schedule,  vest on or
before July 1, 1997. If  there is a change in  control of the Company, then  the
vesting schedule of the Company options held by Mr. Barnes and Mr. Ramadan would
accelerate so that all such options would be immediately exercisable, and if any
other executive officer is terminated without cause in conjunction with a change
in  control,  then the  vesting  schedule for  that  executive officer  would be
accelerated so that all Company options would vest (or the in-the-money value be
paid) as of the  date of termination,  and all Cadence  options that would  have
vested by July 1, 1997 (or the in-the-money value) would also be paid.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    The  following is  a description  of certain  transactions and relationships
entered into or  existing within the  past three years  between the Company  and
Cadence.
 
HISTORICAL TRANSACTIONS
 
    In  certain  foreign markets,  primarily  Europe, the  Company  invoices its
customers through Cadence subsidiaries.  The Company reimburses Cadence  through
the intercompany account for the cost of the Company's dedicated sales agents in
these  markets plus  an agency fee  due to  the fact that  these dedicated sales
agents are  employees  of  Cadence  subsidiaries  and  are  located  in  Cadence
facilities.  During the last three fiscal years and the three month period ended
March 31, 1996, the amount of such reimbursements equaled $772,000,  $1,240,000,
$2,260,000  and  $397,000, respectively.  The  dedicated sales  agents,  who are
employees of  Cadence  subsidiaries, sell  and  support Company  products  on  a
full-time  basis and coordinate  their efforts with  the Company's manufacturing
facility in the United States.
 
    In addition,  Cadence  provides  selling,  service  and  production  support
related  to the Company's Virtual Test Software  and charges the Company for the
cost of such  services. These  costs, which have  been charged  to the  Company,
equaled  $0, $410,000, $211,000 and $40,000  for the fiscal years ended December
31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996, respectively,
and have been reflected in the  Financial Statements included elsewhere in  this
Prospectus.
 
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 and the three months ended March
31,  1996,  Cadence  charged  the Company  approximately  $227,000  and $44,000,
respectively,  for  utilization  of  certain  domestic  sales  offices,  general
liability  insurance and other services. Prior  to 1995, Cadence had not charged
the Company, but the estimated costs equaled $191,000 for both the fiscal  years
ended  December 31,  1993 and  1994. These  amounts have  been reflected  in the
Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    Under Cadence corporate policy, interest is charged on past due intercompany
balances. Interest is charged beginning the first day of the fourth month  after
the  charge originated. The  rate is computed using  the applicable federal rate
for short-term loans compounded semi-annually. For the years ended December  31,
1993  and 1994, the Company paid  Cadence $10,000 and $20,000, respectively, for
net interest on past due intercompany balances. For the year ended December  31,
1995,  and for the three months ended March  31, 1996, there was no net interest
on past due intercompany balances.
 
    Other than the transactions described above and certain income tax  matters,
the  Company has operated  substantially independently of  Cadence. Although the
Company has experienced substantial independence as a subsidiary of Cadence, its
operating history while a wholly-owned  or majority-owned subsidiary of  Cadence
cannot  necessarily be  regarded as indicative  of the Company's  prospects as a
fully independent company.
 
AGREEMENTS WITH CADENCE
 
    In managing  the intercompany  relationship between  them, the  Company  and
Cadence  have entered into several agreements  for the purpose of defining their
ongoing relationship.  These agreements  were reached  while the  Company was  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Cadence and, while  certain of these agreements were
amended during May 1996, such agreements should not be regarded as the result of
arm's length negotiations between independent parties. There can be no assurance
that such agreements,  or the transactions  provided for therein,  have been  or
will  be effected on  terms at least as  favorable to the  Company as could have
been obtained from  unaffiliated third parties.  Management believes that  these
agreements,  had  they been  in  place on  a  historical basis,  would  not have
resulted in any material change in the Company's historical financial  condition
or results of operations.
 
    The  Company and Cadence entered into  an Asset Transfer Agreement effective
as of June 30, 1994, under which the Company acquired the Dantes technology from
Cadence for  a purchase  price of  $55,000. Under  this Agreement,  the  Company
acquired  all  of Cadence's  right,  title and  interest  in and  to  the Dantes
technology and  all  related  intellectual  property  rights;  however,  Cadence
retained  a  perpetual,  worldwide  royalty-free right  to  use,  modify, create
derivative  works   based   upon,   market,  distribute   and   sublicense   the
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
transferred  assets in the  form delivered by  Cadence. Prior to  June 30, 1999,
Cadence is not permitted to transfer  its retained rights, except in  connection
with  a business combination involving Cadence or any Cadence subsidiary, nor is
it permitted to  use the  transferred assets  to create  products equivalent  to
Dantes before June 30, 1999.
 
    Cadence  and the Company are parties to  a Joint Sales Agreement dated as of
June 30, 1994, which  was amended as of  April 1, 1995 and  as of May 20,  1996.
This agreement provides that each company's sales force may sell certain defined
software  products  of  the  other.  The  agreement  covers  Company's  software
products, including Dantes and  STL, and those Cadence  products needed for  the
operation  of Dantes and  STL. The agreement provides  for cooperative sales and
customer support for each party from the other, Cadence's continued  manufacture
of  the Company's software products,  and fees generally equal  to 10 percent of
net sales  of  the software  for  such services  to  be paid  reciprocally.  The
agreement  operates on a worldwide basis,  and extends to Cadence's subsidiaries
and any future subsidiaries formed by either company. The term of this agreement
expires June 30, 1998, and it is renewable by mutual agreement of the parties.
 
    Cadence and the Company are parties to a Corporate Services Agreement  under
which  Cadence  provides  certain  services  and  support  to  the  Company. The
agreement provides  for  Cadence to  act  as  the Company's  agent  in  Germany,
England,  France,  Israel  and  Taiwan.  Under  the  agreement  Cadence provides
dedicated agents who are employees of Cadence or Cadence subsidiaries that  sell
and  support Company products on a  full-time basis and coordinate their efforts
with the Company's manufacturing  facility in the  United States. The  agreement
requires  the Company to pay Cadence an agency fee with respect to the dedicated
agents, and provides  further that  the Company owns  the intellectual  property
such  dedicated agents  create. Most  of these  dedicated agents  are located in
countries outside the United States, though one -- a member of the Virtual  Test
Software  design and development  team -- is  employed in the  United States (at
Cadence's facilities in San Jose).  In addition, the Amended Corporate  Services
Agreement  grants the Company  the option to  acquire insurance coverage through
Cadence policies  and to  hire the  dedicated agents  if the  Company elects  to
commence operations where such dedicated agent is located. The Amended Corporate
Services  Agreement will expire on June  1, 1999, unless sooner terminated under
the terms of such Amended Corporate Services Agreement.
 
    Cadence and the Company are parties to a Tax Sharing Agreement that provides
for the  allocation between  Cadence and  the Company  of all  responsibilities,
liabilities  and benefits relating to taxes paid or payable by either Cadence or
the Company for all taxable periods, whether beginning before, on, or after  the
Company's  July 21, 1995,  initial public offering. Prior  to the initial public
offering, the Company was included in  the consolidated tax returns of  Cadence.
The  Company's  share of  Cadence's consolidated  income  tax liability  for the
period before the initial public offering  was determined on a separate  company
basis computed under Internal Revenue Code guidelines and was $3,000, $1,160,000
and  $381,000 for the years  ended December 31, 1993,  1994 and the three months
ended March  31, 1995,  respectively. The  Company estimates  that there  is  no
additional  obligation to Cadence for the period  from April 1, 1995 to the date
of the initial public offering. In lieu of payment by the Company to Cadence  of
this  separate  Company  liability,  Cadence  has  contributed  such  annual tax
obligations to the Company's capital. Any adjustments (for example, pursuant  to
an  Internal Revenue Service audit)  discovered during the post-offering period,
but relating to the pre-offering period, will be settled between the Company and
Cadence in  cash.  Subsequent to  the  Company's initial  public  offering,  the
Company is responsible for filing its own income tax returns.
 
    The  Company and Cadence are parties  to a Shareholder Agreement that limits
the ability of  Cadence to  sell and  vote the Common  Stock owned  by it  under
certain  circumstances. The  Shareholder Agreement  provides that  in connection
with any  sale or  series  of sales  of  Common Stock  by  Cadence to  a  single
purchaser  or related group of purchasers of in excess of 10% of the outstanding
shares of Common  Stock in a  private transaction exempt  from the  registration
provisions of the Securities Act (i) the outstanding shares of Common Stock will
not  be sold at  a price in  excess of the  average closing price  of the Common
Stock during the ten business days preceding the date of the notice required  by
clause (iii) below; (ii) that the purchaser will be required to agree in writing
not to institute or participate in any business combination or other transaction
that will result in the purchase or exchange of the shares of Common Stock owned
by  the remaining  shareholders of the  Company, provided  that this restriction
will not apply to a transaction
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
approved by a majority of such remaining shareholders; and (iii) the transaction
will not be consummated before the  fifteenth business day after receipt by  the
Company  of notice of  the proposed transaction, including  a description of the
principal  terms   thereof.  Except   as  otherwise   expressly  provided,   the
restrictions  on  the ability  of Cadence  to sell  Common Stock  terminate when
Cadence ceases to own 35% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and
are therefore expected to terminate upon the consummation of this offering.
 
    The Shareholder Agreement also provides that (i) except with respect to  the
election  or  removal  of  directors  and  voting  on  any  "Significant Event,"
including any amendment to  the Company's articles  of incorporation or  bylaws,
disposition  of  the  Company,  recapitalization,  liquidation  or  other action
presented for a vote of shareholders, which Cadence determines to be  materially
adverse  to  Cadence's interests  and which  is  out of  the ordinary  course of
business of  the  Company, Cadence  will  vote its  shares  of Common  Stock  in
accordance  with the recommendations of  the Board of Directors  in at least the
same proportion as the shares held by all other shareholders are voted, (ii) all
of the shares of Common Stock owned by Cadence will be represented in person  or
by  proxy at all meetings of shareholders  of the Company and (iii) Cadence will
not solicit proxies with  respect to the Common  Stock. The restrictions on  the
ability  of Cadence  to vote its  shares of  Common Stock will  terminate on the
earlier of the date that  Cadence ceases to own 35%  or more of the  outstanding
shares  of Common Stock or such date as Cadence's stock ownership decreases to a
level where  Cadence ceases  to be  able to  elect a  majority of  the Board  of
Directors,  and therefore such  restrictions are expected  to terminate upon the
consummation of  this offering.  The Shareholder  Agreement also  provides  that
Cadence  is entitled to certain  rights with respect to  the registration of its
shares of Common Stock  under the Securities Act.  The Company and Cadence  have
agreed   to  indemnify   each  other  against   certain  liabilities,  including
liabilities under  the Securities  Act.  See "Description  of Capital  Stock  --
Registration Rights."
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The  following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of May 20, 1996, and such  beneficial
ownership as adjusted to reflect the sale of 1,130,000 shares by the Company and
1,395,000 shares by the Selling Shareholders pursuant to this Prospectus, by (i)
each  person known by the Company to  own beneficially more than five percent of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii)
each of the  named executive officers,  (iv) all officers  and directors of  the
Company  as a group and (v) the Selling Shareholders. Unless otherwise indicated
below, to  the knowledge  of the  Company, all  persons listed  below have  sole
voting and investment power with respect to their shares of Common Stock, except
to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SHARES BENEFICIALLY                   SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                      OWNED PRIOR TO                          OWNED AFTER
                                                      OFFERING (1)(2)     SHARES TO BE   OFFERING (1) (2) (3)
DIRECTORS, NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND 5%         ---------------------     SOLD IN     ---------------------
SHAREHOLDERS                                         NUMBER     PERCENT     OFFERING       NUMBER     PERCENT
- -------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------  -------------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>
                                                    3,709,000      55.4%     1,343,650    2,365,350      30.0%
Cadence Design Systems, Inc. ....................
2655 Seely Road
 Building 5, MS 5B2
 San Jose, CA 95134
                                                      490,000        7.3       --           490,000        6.2
Columbia Special Fund............................
P.O. Box 1350
 Portland, Oregon
Keith L. Barnes..................................      34,008      *            20,700       13,308      *
James P. Fraine..................................       4,813      *             2,080        2,733      *
Kenneth R. Lindsay...............................       8,689      *             3,295        5,394      *
Marvin S. Wolfson................................       9,564      *             3,565        5,999      *
W. Barry Baril...................................      22,462      *             7,900       14,562      *
H. Raymond Bingham...............................       5,777      *             1,188        4,589      *
Delbert W. Yocam.................................       3,777      *           --             3,777      *
C. Scott Gibson..................................       7,877      *           --             7,877      *
James M. Hurd....................................       3,777      *           --             3,777      *
James E. Solomon.................................       3,777      *           --             3,777      *
 
<CAPTION>
 
OTHER OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES
- -------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>
Donald E. Grant..................................      14,752      *             5,600        9,152      *
Gwyn Harvey......................................       2,937      *             1,100        1,837      *
Sar Ramadan......................................      15,752      *             5,600       10,152      *
Karen Ranjit.....................................         890      *               322          568      *
All Officers and Directors as a Group (14
 persons)........................................     137,962       2.0%        51,028       86,934       1.1%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*   Less than one percent of the outstanding Common Stock.
 
(1)  Benefical ownership is determined in accordance  with rules of the SEC, and
    includes voting power and  investment power with  respect to shares.  Shares
    issuable  upon the exercise of outstanding  stock options that are currently
    exercisable or  become exercisable  within 60  days from  May 20,  1996  are
    considered  outstanding  for the  purpose of  calculating the  percentage of
    Common Stock owned by  such person, but not  for the purpose of  calculating
    the  percentage of  Common Stock  owned by any  other person.  The number of
    shares that are  issuable upon the  exercise of options  that are  currently
    exercisable  or exercisable within  60 days of  May 20, 1996  is as follows:
    Messrs. Bingham, Yocam, Gibson, Hurd, and
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    Solomon -- 3,777; Mr. Barnes -- 29,508; Mr. Fraine -- 4,813; Mr. Lindsay  --
    8,689;  Mr. Wolfson -- 9,564; Mr. Baril  -- 21,462; Mr. Grant -- 14,752; Ms.
    Harvey -- 2,937;  Mr. Ramadan --  14,752; Ms. Ranjit  -- 890; all  Executive
    Officers and Directors as a group -- 125,362.
 
(2)  Excludes  with  respect to  each  of  the following  principal  and selling
    shareholders, the number  of shares  issuable upon the  exercise of  options
    that  are not currently exercisable and  do not become exercisable within 60
    days of May  20, 1996:  Mr. Barnes  -- 174,492;  Mr. Fraine  -- 16,187;  Mr.
    Lindsay  -- 24,311; Mr. Wolfson -- 26,436;  Mr. Baril -- 58,538; Mr. Bingham
    -- 9,223; Mr. Grant -- 42,248; Ms.  Harvey -- 9,063; Mr. Ramadan --  42,248;
    Ms. Ranjit -- 2,360.
 
(3) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option, which grants
    the Underwriters' the option to purchase 205,000 shares of Common Stock held
    by Cadence and 170,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 15,000,000 shares of
Common  Stock, par  value $.01,  and 10,000,000  shares of  Preferred Stock, par
value $.01 per share. The following summary description of the Company's capital
stock does not purport to  be complete and is qualified  in its entirety by  the
provisions  of  the Company's  Restated Articles  of Incorporation  and Restated
Bylaws, which have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which
this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    After this offering, approximately 7,874,266 shares of Common Stock will  be
outstanding.  Holders of Common Stock are  entitled to receive such dividends as
may from time to time be declared by  the Board of Directors of the Company  out
of funds legally available therefor. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one
vote  per share on all matters on which the holders of Common Stock are entitled
to vote and do not  have any cumulative voting  rights. Holders of Common  Stock
have  no preemptive, conversion, redemption or sinking fund rights. In the event
of a liquidation, dissolution  or winding up of  the Company, holders of  Common
Stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in the assets of the Company, if
any, remaining after the payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and
the  liquidation  preference of  any outstanding  class  or series  of Preferred
Stock. The outstanding  shares of  Common Stock are,  and the  shares of  Common
Stock  offered  by  the Company  hereby  when  issued will  be,  fully  paid and
nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of Common Stock
are subject to any series of Preferred Stock which the Company may issue in  the
future as described below.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Company is  authorized to  issue up  to 10,000,000  shares of Preferred
Stock. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue Preferred Stock in  one
or more series and to fix the number of shares constituting any such series, the
voting  powers, designations, preferences  and relative, participating, optional
or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof,
including the dividend  rights, dividend rate,  terms of redemption,  redemption
price or prices, conversion and voting rights and liquidation preferences of the
shares  constituting  any series,  without  any further  vote  or action  by the
shareholders of the  Company. The issuance  of Preferred Stock  by the Board  of
Directors  could adversely  effect the  rights of  holders of  Common Stock. For
example, issuance of  Preferred Stock  could result  in a  series of  securities
outstanding  that would  have preference over  the Common Stock  with respect to
dividends and  in liquidation,  and that  could (upon  conversion or  otherwise)
enjoy all of the rights appurtenant to the Common Stock.
 
    The  authority possessed by the Board  of Directors to issue Preferred Stock
could potentially be used to discourage attempts by others to obtain control  of
the  Company  through merger,  tender offer,  proxy  or consent  solicitation or
otherwise by making such attempts more difficult or more costly to achieve.  The
Board  of Directors may  issue Preferred Stock  without shareholder approval and
with voting rights that  could adversely affect the  voting power of holders  of
Common  Stock. There  are no  agreements or  understandings for  the issuance of
Preferred Stock, and the Board of Directors has no present intention of  issuing
any shares of Preferred Stock.
 
OREGON CONTROL SHARE AND BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTES; CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF
RESTATED ARTICLES
 
    The  Company  is subject  to  the Oregon  Control  Share Act  (OBCA Sections
60.801-60.816) (the  "Control  Share  Act"). The  Control  Share  Act  generally
provides  that a person (the "Acquiring Person") who acquires voting stock of an
Oregon corporation  in a  transaction  which results  in such  Acquiring  Person
holding  more  than 20%,  33  1/3% or  50%  of the  total  voting power  of such
corporation (a "Control Share Acquisition")  cannot vote the shares it  acquires
in  the Control  Share Acquisition ("control  shares") unless  voting rights are
accorded to such control shares by the holders of a majority of the  outstanding
voting  shares, excluding  the control shares  held by the  Acquiring Person and
shares  held  by  the  Company's  officers  and  inside  directors  ("interested
shares"),  and by the  holders of a  majority of the  outstanding voting shares,
including interested shares. The foregoing vote would be required at the time an
Acquiring Person's holdings exceed 20% of  the total voting power of a  company,
and again at the time the Acquiring Person's holdings
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
exceed  33  1/3% and  50%. The  term  "Acquiring Person"  is broadly  defined to
include persons  acting as  a group.  A  transaction in  which voting  power  is
acquired solely by receipt of an immediately revocable proxy does not constitute
a "Control Share Acquisition."
 
    The  Acquiring Person may, but is not  required to, submit to the Company an
"Acquiring  Person  Statement"  setting  forth  certain  information  about  the
Acquiring  Person and its plans for acquiring the Company's stock. The Acquiring
Person Statement may  also request that  the Company call  a special meeting  of
shareholders  to determine whether the control  shares will be allowed to retain
voting rights. If  the Acquiring Person  does not request  a special meeting  of
shareholders, the issue of voting rights of control shares will be considered at
the  next annual meeting  or special meeting  of shareholders that  is held more
than 60 days after the date of  the Control Share Acquisition. If the  Acquiring
Person's  control shares are accorded voting  rights and represent a majority or
more of  all  voting  power, shareholders  who  do  not vote  in  favor  of  the
restoration  of such voting rights will have  the right to receive the appraised
"fair value" of their shares, which may not be less than the highest price  paid
per share by the Acquiring Person for the control shares.
 
    The Company is subject to the Oregon Business Combination Act (OBCA Sections
60.825-60.845)  (the "Business  Combination Act"). The  Business Combination Act
generally provides that in the event a person or entity acquires 15% or more  of
the  voting stock  of an Oregon  corporation (an  "Interested Shareholder"), the
corporation and the Interested  Shareholder, or any  affiliated entity, may  not
engage  in certain business combination transactions for a period of three years
following the  date  the  person  became  an  Interested  Shareholder.  Business
combination  transactions for this purpose include (a) a merger or plan of share
exchange, (b) any sale,  lease, mortgage or other  disposition of the assets  of
the  corporation where the assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or
more of the aggregate  market value of the  corporation's assets or  outstanding
capital  stock  and (c)  certain  transactions that  result  in the  issuance of
capital  stock  of  the  corporation   to  the  Interested  Shareholder.   These
restrictions  do not apply if (i) the Interested Shareholder, as a result of the
transaction in which such person became an Interested Shareholder, owns at least
85% of  the outstanding  voting stock  of the  corporation (disregarding  shares
owned  by directors who are also  officers, and certain employee benefit plans),
(ii)  the  Board  of  Directors  approves  the  share  acquisition  or  business
combination  before  the  Interested Shareholder  acquired  15% or  more  of the
corporation's voting stock, or (iii) the  Board of Directors and the holders  of
at  least  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of  the  corporation
(disregarding  shares  owned   by  the  Interested   Shareholder)  approve   the
transaction  after  the  Interested  Shareholder acquires  15%  or  more  of the
corporation's voting stock. The Control  Share Act and the Business  Combination
Act  may have the effect of encouraging any potential acquiror to negotiate with
the Company's  Board of  Directors and  will also  discourage certain  potential
acquirors unwilling to comply with its provisions.
 
    The  Company's  Restated Articles  and Bylaws  contain provisions  which (i)
classify the Board of Directors into three classes as nearly equal in number  as
possible,  each of  which, after  an interim  arrangement, will  serve for three
years with one class being elected each year (the "Classified Board Provisions")
and (ii) provide that  directors may be removed  by shareholders only for  cause
and  only upon the  vote of 75%  of the votes  then entitled to  be cast for the
election of directors. The Classified  Board Provisions and the availability  of
Preferred Stock for issuance without shareholder approval may have the effect of
lengthening  the time required  for a person  to acquire control  of the Company
through a proxy contest or the election of a majority of the Board of  Directors
and may deter any potential unfriendly offers or other efforts to obtain control
of  the Company. This could deprive  the Company's shareholders of opportunities
to realize a premium for their Common Stock and could make removal of  incumbent
directors more difficult. At the same time, these provisions may have the effect
of  inducing  any persons  seeking  control of  the  Company to  negotiate terms
acceptable to  the  Board of  Directors.  In  addition, the  provisions  of  the
Restated  Articles regarding removal  of directors will make  the removal of any
director more difficult even if such removal is believed by the shareholders  to
be in their best interests. Since these provisions make the removal of directors
more  difficult,  they increase  the  likelihood that  incumbent  directors will
retain their  positions  and,  since the  Board  has  the power  to  retain  and
discharge management, could perpetuate incumbent management.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
    The  Company and  Cadence are parties  to a  Shareholder Agreement providing
Cadence with certain registration rights. In the event that the Company proposes
to register any of its securities under the Securities Act, Cadence is  entitled
to  notice of such registration and is  entitled to include its shares of Common
Stock in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other  limitations.
Cadence  also  has the  right  to require  the Company,  on  no more  than three
occasions, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act in order to
register its shares  of Common Stock.  Cadence may also  require the Company  to
file  a Form S-3  registration with respect  to its shares  of Common Stock. The
Company may,  under  certain circumstances,  defer  such registration,  and  the
underwriters  involved in such registrations have  the right, subject to certain
limitations, to limit the number of shares included in such registrations.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The Transfer Agent and  registrar for the Common  Stock is First  Interstate
Bank of Oregon, N.A.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Future  sales of  substantial amounts of  Common Stock in  the public market
could adversely  affect  prevailing  market  prices.  Upon  completion  of  this
offering, the Company will have 7,874,266 shares of Common Stock outstanding, of
which  5,516,604  shares  (5,891,604  shares  if  the  over-allotment  option is
exercised in  full) will  be  freely tradeable  without restriction  or  further
registration  under the  Securities except for  shares purchased  by an existing
"affiliate" of the  Company as  that term is  defined under  the Securities  Act
("Affiliates")  which resales will be subject  to the resale limitations of Rule
144 promulgated  under the  Securities Act.  Upon completion  of this  offering,
Cadence  will  continue  to  hold  2,365,350  shares  (2,160,350  shares  if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), and will be  eligible
to  sell these  shares in  the public  market pursuant  to Rule  144, subject to
certain contractual  restrictions on  resale. In  addition, 763,676  shares  are
issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of the date of this Prospectus.
The  Company  currently intends  to file  a Registration  Statement on  Form S-8
covering an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for  issuance
under its stock option plans in order to permit the resale of shares issued upon
the  exercise  of such  options in  the public  market without  restriction. The
Company has filed a Registration Statement  on Form S-8 covering 250,000  shares
that have been reserved for issuance under its 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
permitting  the resale of such shares  in the public market without restrictions
under the  Securities  Act.  Sales  of  shares in  the  public  market,  or  the
availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the market price of
the Common Stock.
 
    In  general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned "restricted  securities"
within  the meaning of  Rule 144 ("Restricted  Shares") for at  least two years,
including persons  who may  be  deemed "affiliates"  of  the Company,  would  be
entitled  to sell within any three month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the  greater  of  1%  of  the number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  then
outstanding  (which will equal approximately 78,743 shares immediately after the
offering) or  the average  weekly trading  volume  of the  Common Stock  on  all
exchanges and/or reported through the automated quotation system of a registered
securities  association during  the four  calendar weeks  preceding the  date on
which notice of the sale is  filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission.
Such  sales  are  also subject  to  certain  manner of  sale  provisions, notice
requirements and  the  availability  of current  public  information  about  the
Company.  In addition, a person (or persons  whose shares are aggregated) who is
not and is  not deemed  to have been  an affiliate  of the Company  at any  time
during the 90 calendar days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned for
at  least three years the shares proposed to  be sold, would be entitled to sell
such shares under Rule 144 as currently  in effect without regard to the  volume
limitations  described above. The  Company is unable  to estimate accurately the
number of Restricted  Shares that ultimately  will be sold  under the  foregoing
rules  because the number of shares will depend  in part on the market price for
the Common Stock, the circumstances of the sellers and other factors. Subject to
certain exceptions, the Company, the  Selling Shareholder and the directors  and
officers  of the Company have agreed for a  period of 120 days after the date of
this Prospectus,  without the  prior written  consent of  Morgan Stanley  &  Co.
Incorporated,  they will not (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase, purchase  any option or contract to sell,  grant
any option, right or warrant to purchase,
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
or  otherwise  transfer or  dispose of,  directly or  indirectly, any  shares of
Common stock or any securities  convertible into or exercisable or  exchangeable
for  Common Stock or (2), directly or indirectly, enter into any swap or similar
agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of
the Common Stock. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may, in its sole discretion,
at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject
to lock-up agreements.
 
    Restricted Shares  also may  be sold  pursuant to  a registration  statement
filed by the Company under the Securities Act in the future or another exemption
from   registration  that  might  be   available  without  compliance  with  the
requirements of Rule 144. Cadence and  the Company are parties to a  Shareholder
Agreement  providing Cadence with certain registration rights covering shares of
Common Stock that are owned by Cadence. Pursuant to such Shareholder  Agreement,
Cadence  has the right, subject to certain  terms and conditions, to require the
Company to register  its shares  of Common Stock  under the  Securities Act  for
offer  and  sale to  the  public (including  by  way of  an  underwritten public
offering). Exercise of these registration rights by Cadence could result in  the
distribution  of substantial amounts of Common Stock, including distributions in
underwritten public offerings. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Registration
Rights Agreement."
 
    The Company can make no prediction as  to the effect, if any, that sales  of
shares  of Common Stock, or the availability  of such shares for sale, will have
on the  market  price prevailing  from  time  to time.  Nevertheless,  sales  of
substantial  amounts  of Common  Stock in  the  public market  (including shares
issued upon the exercise of options that may be granted pursuant to any employee
stock option or other equity plan of  the Company), or the perception that  such
sales  may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common
Stock.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITERS
 
    Under the  terms and  subject  to conditions  contained in  an  Underwriting
Agreement  dated the date hereof, the  Underwriters named below, for whom Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Cowen & Company and SoundView Financial Group,  Inc.
are  serving as the Representatives, have  severally agreed to purchase, and the
Company and Selling Shareholders  have agreed to sell  to the Underwriters,  the
respective  number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their respective
names below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           NUMBER OF
                                          NAME                                               SHARES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated........................................................
Cowen & Company..........................................................................
SoundView Financial Group, Inc...........................................................
 
                                                                                           ----------
    Total................................................................................   2,525,000
                                                                                           ----------
                                                                                           ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriting  Agreement provides  that the  obligations of  the  several
Underwriters  to  pay for  and accept  delivery  of the  shares of  Common Stock
offered hereby are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by  counsel,
and  to certain  other conditions, including  the conditions that  no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement is in effect and  no
proceedings  for such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Securities
and Exchange Commission and  that there has been  no material adverse change  or
any development involving a prospective material adverse change in the business,
financial  condition or results of operations of the Company from that set forth
in the Registration Statement.  The Underwriters are obligated  to take and  pay
for  all of the shares of Common  stock offered hereby (other than those covered
by the over-allotment option described below) if any such shares are taken.
 
    The Underwriters initially  propose to offer  part of the  shares of  Common
Stock  offered hereby directly  to the public  at the public  offering price set
forth on the  cover page hereof  and part to  certain dealers at  a price  which
represents  a concession not  in excess of $         per  share under the public
offering price.  Any Underwriter  may allow,  and such  dealers may  reallow,  a
concession  not in excess of $       a share to other Underwriters or to certain
other dealers.
 
    The Company  and  Cadence  have  granted  to  the  Underwriters  an  option,
exercisable  for 30 days from the date of  this Prospectus, to purchase up to an
additional 375,000 shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth
on the  cover page  hereof,  less underwriting  discounts and  commissions.  The
Underwriters  may  exercise  such  option solely  for  the  purpose  of covering
over-allotments, if any, incurred in the sale of shares of Common Stock  offered
hereby.
 
    In  connection with  this offering,  certain Underwriters  and selling group
members (if any)  or their  respective affiliates who  are qualified  registered
market makers on the Nasdaq National Market may engage
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
in passive market making transactions in the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National
Market  in accordance with Rule 10b-6A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the two  business day period  before commencement of  offers or sales  of
Common Stock. The passive market making transactions must comply with applicable
price  and volume limits and be identified as such. In general, a passive market
maker may display its bid  at a price not in  excess of the highest  independent
bid  for the  security; if  all independent bids  are lowered  below the passive
market maker's bid, however, such bid must then be lowered when certain purchase
limits are exceeded. Net  purchases by a  passive market maker  on each day  are
generally limited to a specified percentage of the passive market making average
daily  trading volume  in the  Common Stock  during a  price period  and must be
discontinued when such limit is reached. Passive market making may stabilize the
market price of the  Common Stock at  a level above  that which might  otherwise
prevail and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
    The  Company, the Selling  Shareholders and the  Underwriters have agreed to
indemnify each other  against certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
    Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and the Selling Shareholders each
have  agreed in the Underwriting Agreement that it  will not for a period of 120
days after the  date of this  Prospectus, without the  prior written consent  of
Morgan  Stanley & Co.  Incorporated, (1) offer, pledge,  sell, contract to sell,
sell any option  or contract  to purchase, purchase  any option  or contract  to
sell,  grant any option, right or warrant  to purchase, or otherwise transfer or
dispose of any shares of, directly or indirectly, Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) directly
or indirectly enter into any swap or similar agreement that transfers, in  whole
or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Common Stock.
 
    See  "Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale"  for  a  description  of  certain
arrangements by which all directors and  executive officers of the Company  have
agreed  not to sell  or otherwise dispose of  Common Stock of  the Company for a
period of 120 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior  written
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Ater Wynne Hewitt Dodson  & Skerritt, LLP, Portland, Oregon.  Certain
legal  matters  in connection  with the  offering  will be  passed upon  for the
Underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo
Alto, California.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The financial  statements  and  related  schedule of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries  at December 31, 1994  and 1995 and for each  of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1995 included in this Prospectus and elsewhere  in
the Registration Statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants, as indicated in their reports, with respect thereto, and are
included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving
said reports.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company is subject to the  informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of  1934 (the "Exchange  Act"), and in  accordance therewith  files
reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  (the "Commission"). Reports, proxy  statements and other information
filed by  the  Company may  be  inspected and  copied  at the  public  reference
facilities  maintained by the  Commission at Room 1024,  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549 and at certain  of its regional offices located at  Seven
World  Trade Center, 13th Floor,  New York, New York  10048 and Citicorp Center,
500 West Madison  Street, Suite 1400,  Chicago, Illinois 60661.  Copies of  such
material  can be obtained  from the Public Reference  Section of the Commission,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. The  Common
Stock  of the Company is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market. Reports and other
information concerning the Company may be inspected at the National  Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc., 1735 K Street, Washington, D.C.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
    A Registration Statement on Form S-1, including amendments thereto, relating
to  the  Common Stock  offered hereby  has been  filed by  the Company  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission, Washington, D.C.  This Prospectus does  not
contain  all of the information set forth  in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits and schedules thereto.  Statements contained in  this Prospectus as  to
the  contents of any contract or other  document referred to are not necessarily
complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract  or
other  document filed  as an  exhibit to  the Registration  Statement. Each such
statement is qualified in  all respects by such  reference to such exhibit.  For
further  information with  respect to the  Company and the  Common Stock offered
hereby, reference is made  to such Registration Statement  and the exhibits  and
schedules  filed  as  a  part  of the  Registration  Statement.  A  copy  of the
Registration  Statement,  including  Exhibits  and  schedules  thereto  may   be
inspected  without charge at  the public reference  facilities maintained by the
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Judiciary Plaza, Washington D.C. 20549,  and
copies  of all or any part thereof may  be obtained from the Commission upon the
payment of certain fees prescribed by the Commission.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                       INDEX TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants...................................................................         F-2
Balance Sheets.............................................................................................         F-3
Statements of Income.......................................................................................         F-4
Statements of Shareholders' Equity.........................................................................         F-5
Statements of Cash Flows...................................................................................         F-6
Notes to the Financial Statements..........................................................................         F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc.:
 
    We  have audited the  accompanying balance sheets  of Integrated Measurement
Systems, Inc. (an Oregon corporation) as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and  the
related  statements of income, shareholders' equity,  and cash flows for each of
the years in  the three-year  period ended  December 31,  1995. These  financial
statements   are   the   responsibility  of   the   Company's   management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based upon
our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material respects,  the  financial position  of  Integrated Measurement
Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December
31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Portland, Oregon,
January 26, 1996, except
for Note 10, as to
which the date is
May 6, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
                                     ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              --------------------
                                                                                1994       1995     MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                              ---------  ---------  --------------
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................................  $   4,384  $   8,930    $    8,986
  Trade receivables, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $182, $338 and
   $340.....................................................................      4,424      8,117         9,359
  Receivable from Cadence, net..............................................      1,748      1,094           870
  Inventories...............................................................      3,223      5,830         6,620
  Deferred income taxes.....................................................        775      1,237         1,237
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................................        250        735           734
                                                                              ---------  ---------       -------
    Total current assets....................................................     14,804     25,943        27,806
Property, plant and equipment, net..........................................      4,134      5,178         4,909
Service spare parts, net....................................................      1,764      2,223         1,835
Software development costs, net.............................................      1,960      1,657         1,676
                                                                              ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                              $  22,662  $  35,001    $   36,226
                                                                              ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                              ---------  ---------       -------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable..........................................................  $     976  $   2,660    $    2,427
  Accrued compensation......................................................      1,006      1,629         1,855
  Accrued warranty..........................................................        286        801           753
  Deferred revenue..........................................................      1,129      2,291         1,850
  Other current liabilities.................................................        296        810           522
  Current tax liability.....................................................     --         --                65
  Capital lease obligations -- current......................................        208        164           153
                                                                              ---------  ---------       -------
    Total current liabilities...............................................      3,901      8,355         7,625
Deferred income taxes.......................................................        409        108           108
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion...........................         83         54            33
Commitments
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; none issued
   and outstanding..........................................................     --         --            --
  Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 15,000,000 shares; issued and
   outstanding 6,324,000, 6,699,803 and 6,699,855...........................         63         67            67
  Additional paid-in capital................................................     14,764     20,467        21,097
  Retained earnings.........................................................      3,442      5,950         7,296
                                                                              ---------  ---------       -------
    Total shareholders' equity..............................................     18,269     26,484        28,460
                                                                              ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                              $  22,662  $  35,001    $   36,226
                                                                              ---------  ---------       -------
                                                                              ---------  ---------       -------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                                              -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
Product sales...............................................  $  19,357  $  23,981  $  33,076  $   7,304  $   9,170
Service and other sales.....................................      3,760      6,071      8,017      1,780      2,745
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net sales.................................................     23,117     30,052     41,093      9,084     11,915
Cost of product sales.......................................      8,616     10,090     12,827      2,949      3,213
Cost of service and other sales.............................      1,599      2,345      2,939        689      1,195
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total cost of sales.......................................     10,215     12,435     15,766      3,638      4,408
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross margin..............................................     12,902     17,617     25,327      5,446      7,507
Operating expenses:
  Research, development and engineering.....................      3,130      3,664      6,177      1,309      1,988
  Selling, general and administrative.......................      9,610     10,972     13,681      3,172      3,448
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses................................     12,740     14,636     19,858      4,481      5,436
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Operating income........................................        162      2,981      5,469        965      2,071
Other income, net...........................................         99        142        349         60        115
Interest expense............................................        (28)       (28)       (30)        (9)       (14)
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before income taxes..................................        233      3,095      5,788      1,016      2,172
Provision for income taxes..................................        102      1,185      2,253        389        826
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income................................................  $     131  $   1,910  $   3,535  $     627  $   1,346
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income per share........................................  $    0.02  $    0.30  $    0.53  $    0.10  $    0.19
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Weighted average number of common and common equivalent
 shares outstanding.........................................      6,366      6,366      6,685      6,366      6,922
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                    TOTAL
                                                            ------------------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                              SHARES       AMOUNT       CAPITAL     EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                                            -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992................................       6,324    $      63    $  13,137    $   1,401    $    14,601
  Contributed capital.....................................      --           --              372       --                372
  Net income..............................................      --           --           --              131            131
                                                                 -----          ---   -----------  -----------  -------------
Balance, December 31, 1993................................       6,324           63       13,509        1,532         15,104
  Contributed capital.....................................      --           --            1,255       --              1,255
  Net income..............................................      --           --           --            1,910          1,910
                                                                 -----          ---   -----------  -----------  -------------
Balance, December 31, 1994................................       6,324           63       14,764        3,442         18,269
  Contributed capital.....................................      --           --              177       --                177
  Net proceeds from initial public offering...............         375            4        3,253       --              3,257
  Stock issued under stock option plans...................           1       --                3       --                  3
  Net income..............................................      --           --           --            3,535          3,535
  Dividend to Cadence.....................................      --           --           --           (1,027)        (1,027)
  Tax benefit from Cadence stock option transactions by
   IMS employees..........................................      --           --            2,270       --              2,270
                                                                 -----          ---   -----------  -----------  -------------
Balance, December 31, 1995................................       6,700           67       20,467        5,950         26,484
  Net income..............................................      --           --           --            1,346          1,346
  Stock issued under stock option plans...................      --           --                4       --                  4
  Tax benefit from Cadence stock option transactions by
   IMS employees..........................................      --           --              626       --                626
                                                                 -----          ---   -----------  -----------  -------------
Balance, March 31, 1996 (unaudited).......................       6,700    $      67    $  21,097    $   7,296    $    28,460
                                                                 -----          ---   -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                                 -----          ---   -----------  -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                     1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Cash received from customers...................................  $  22,745  $  29,565  $  36,994  $   7,800  $  11,293
  Interest received..............................................         93        203        320         61        110
  Payments to suppliers..........................................    (11,360)   (13,030)   (16,986)    (3,252)    (5,230)
  Payments to employees..........................................     (8,522)    (9,792)   (14,082)    (3,243)    (4,389)
  Income taxes paid..............................................     --         --           (495)    --             (5)
  Other taxes paid...............................................       (445)      (575)      (733)      (110)      (424)
  Interest paid..................................................        (28)       (28)       (30)        (9)       (14)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net cash provided by operating activities....................      2,483      6,343      4,988      1,247      1,341
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of equipment.........................................     (1,672)    (1,724)    (1,874)      (211)    (1,036)
  Additions to service spare parts...............................       (448)      (295)      (600)      (150)       (23)
  Software development costs.....................................       (889)    (1,062)      (974)      (179)      (170)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net cash used in investing activities........................     (3,009)    (3,081)    (3,448)      (540)    (1,229)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Principal payments under capital leases........................        (56)      (168)      (254)       (70)       (60)
  Net proceeds from initial public offering......................     --         --          3,257     --         --
  Proceeds from employee stock option exercises..................     --         --              3     --              4
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities..........        (56)      (168)     3,006        (70)       (56)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.........       (582)     3,094      4,546        637         56
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.................      1,872      1,290      4,384      4,384      8,930
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.......................  $   1,290  $   4,384  $   8,930  $   5,021  $   8,986
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating
 activities:
  Net income.....................................................  $     131  $   1,910  $   3,535  $     627  $   1,346
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by
   operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization................................      1,630      2,300      3,071        579      1,007
    Contributed capital..........................................        372      1,255        177        177     --
    Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes................         99         25       (763)         8     --
  Net change in payable to or receivable from Cadence............        444     (1,985)      (373)       720        224
  (Increase) decrease in trade receivables.......................        515      1,119     (3,693)      (891)    (1,242)
  (Increase) decrease in inventories.............................         35        670     (2,606)      (665)      (790)
  (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other current
   assets........................................................       (199)        28       (485)      (219)         1
  Decrease in notes receivable...................................     --            235     --         --         --
  Increase in current tax liability..............................     --         --         --         --            691
  Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses...       (698)       507      4,963        843        545
  Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue........................        154        279      1,162         68       (441)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities........................  $   2,483  $   6,343  $   4,988  $   1,247  $   1,341
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Supplemental schedule of noncash financing activities:
  Purchase of assets through capital lease.......................  $     259  $     244  $     181  $     174  $      29
  Tax benefit from Cadence stock option transactions by IMS
   employees.....................................................  $  --      $  --      $   2,270  $  --      $     626
  Noncash dividend to Cadence....................................  $  --      $  --      $   1,027  $   1,027  $  --
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                       NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
1.  COMPANY BACKGROUND AND INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING:
    Integrated   Measurement  Systems,  Inc.  (the  Company  or  IMS)  commenced
operations in August 1983. The Company  was independent until acquired by  Valid
Logic  in 1989. In  1991, Valid Logic  merged with Cadence  Design Systems, Inc.
(Cadence) in a transaction accounted for as a pooling. From that time until July
21, 1995, the Company was a wholly owned subsidiary of Cadence.
 
    On July  21, 1995,  the  Company successfully  completed an  initial  public
offering  of common stock. A  total of 2,990,000 shares were  sold at a price of
$11 per share. Of these, 375,000 shares were sold by the Company, and  2,615,000
were  sold by Cadence. The net proceeds to the Company from this offering, after
deduction of expenses directly related to the offering, were $3.3 million, while
net proceeds to Cadence amounted  to approximately $26.6 million. Following  the
initial public offering, Cadence owns 55% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company, with the remaining 45% publicly owned.
 
    The  Company is  engaged in designing,  developing, manufacturing, marketing
and servicing high-performance  engineering Test Stations  and test software  to
test and measure the performance of complex electronic devices. In addition, the
Company  develops, markets  and supports  a line  of Virtual  Test Software that
permits design and test  engineers to automate test  program development and  to
conduct simulated tests of electronic device designs prior to the fabrication of
a  prototype of  the actual device.  Virtual Test Software  and related services
accounted for approximately 5% of net sales for both of the years ended December
31, 1994 and 1995  and 8% of net  sales for the first  quarter of 1996.  Virtual
Test Software revenue was insignificant in 1993.
 
    The Company markets and supports its products worldwide through a network of
direct  sales  force personnel,  independent  distributors and  dedicated agents
employed by Cadence in international locations.
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The interim financial statements included herein have been prepared, without
audit, pursuant to  the rules  and regulations  of the  Securities and  Exchange
Commission.  Certain information  and footnote disclosures  normally included in
financial statements prepared in  accordance with generally accepted  accounting
principles   have  been  condensed  or  omitted   pursuant  to  such  rules  and
regulations,  although  the  management  of   the  Company  believes  that   the
disclosures  are  adequate to  make  the information  presented  not misleading.
Interim financial statements are by necessity somewhat tentative; judgments  are
used  to estimate interim amounts for  items that are normally determinable only
on an annual  basis. For  example, the  effective income  tax rate  is based  on
estimates of annual amounts of taxable income.
 
    The  interim  period information  included  herein reflects  all adjustments
which are, in the opinion of the management of the Company, necessary for a fair
statement  of  the  results  of  the  respective  interim  periods.  Results  of
operations  for interim periods are not  necessarily indicative of results to be
expected for an entire year.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    The  Company generally  recognizes revenue  from product  sales and software
licenses  as  the  product  ships  and  there  are  no  significant  obligations
remaining. Contract service and support revenues that are
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
billed  in advance are recorded as  deferred revenue and recognized ratably over
the contractual period as the services  and support are performed. Revenue  from
other  services, such as  consulting and training, is  recognized as the related
services are performed or when certain milestones are achieved.
 
    PRODUCT WARRANTY
 
    The Company  provides  a  warranty  for  its  products  and  establishes  an
estimated  accrual at  the time  of sale  considered adequate  to cover warranty
costs during the warranty period.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company  classifies  all highly  liquid  investments purchased  with  an
original  maturity  of three  months or  less as  cash equivalents.  The Company
invests with  high  credit quality  financial  institutions which  bear  minimal
credit risk.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories,   consisting  principally  of   computer  hardware,  electronic
sub-assemblies  and  test  equipment,  are   valued  at  standard  costs   which
approximate  the lower of  cost (first-in, first-out) or  market. Costs used for
inventory valuation purposes include material, labor and manufacturing overhead.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         --------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                           1994       1995        1996
                                                                         ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
Raw materials..........................................................  $   1,274  $   2,613   $   2,553
Work-in-progress.......................................................      1,719      2,945       3,393
Finished goods.........................................................        230        272         674
                                                                         ---------  ---------  -----------
  Total inventories....................................................  $   3,223  $   5,830   $   6,620
                                                                         ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and consists principally  of
computer  equipment,  furniture  and  leasehold  improvements.  Depreciation  of
computer equipment  and furniture  is computed  principally on  a  straight-line
basis  over the estimated  useful lives of  the assets, generally  three to five
years. Leasehold improvements are  amortized on a  straight-line basis over  the
lesser  of  the  term  of  the  lease, or  the  estimated  useful  lives  of the
improvements.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    --------------------
                                                                                      1994       1995
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Leasehold improvements............................................................  $     190  $     200
Computer equipment and furniture..................................................     10,719     13,053
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                       10,909     13,253
Less accumulated depreciation.....................................................     (6,775)    (8,075)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
  Net property, plant and equipment...............................................  $   4,134  $   5,178
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    SERVICE SPARE PARTS
 
    Service spare  parts consist  of  electronic components  which are  used  to
service  Test  Stations  for  which  the  Company  has  entered  into  equipment
maintenance agreements  with customers.  Subsequent to  December 31,  1995,  the
Company  reclassified  its service  spare  parts from  inventory  to non-current
assets to more accurately reflect the use of such parts in the Company's service
business. These assets are not held for sale, diminish in value in a  reasonably
predictable manner, and therefore are subject to depreciation. Beginning January
1,  1996, depreciation of the Company's service spare parts is being computed on
a
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
straight-line basis over  the estimated  useful lives of  the assets,  generally
eight  years, and charged to Cost of Service and Other Sales. Prior to 1996, the
Company charged normally recurring adjustments necessary to present inventory at
its estimated net realizable value to Cost of Service and Other Sales. In  order
to  reflect this change,  the Company recorded  a charge to  Cost of Service and
Other Sales  of  $327  during  the  first  quarter  of  1996,  representing  the
cumulative   difference  in  financial  statement  carrying  value  between  the
depreciated cost under the new accounting method at January 1, 1996 and the  net
inventory carrying value of the service spare parts assets at December 31, 1995.
Cost and accumulated depreciation of service spare parts are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         --------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                           1994       1995        1996
                                                                         ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
Service spare parts, at cost...........................................  $   2,075  $   2,675   $   2,697
Less obsolesence reserve/accumulated depreciation......................       (311)      (452)       (862)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  -----------
  Net service spare parts..............................................  $   1,764  $   2,223   $   1,835
                                                                         ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING COSTS
 
    Research, development and engineering costs are expensed as incurred.
 
    SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
    The  Company capitalizes  certain software  development costs  incurred once
technological and economic  feasibility of  the product  has been  demonstrated.
These  capitalized costs are  amortized over the estimated  economic life of the
related product, generally three years, computed principally on a  straight-line
basis.  Amortization is  included in product  cost of sales  in the accompanying
Statements of Income.
 
    The Company capitalized software development costs amounting to $889, $1,062
and $974 in 1993, 1994 and  1995, respectively. Related amortization expense  of
$409, $625 and $1,277 was recorded in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       --------------------
                                                                                         1994       1995
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
Software development costs...........................................................  $   3,682  $   4,656
Less accumulated amortization........................................................     (1,722)    (2,999)
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
  Net software development costs.....................................................  $   1,960  $   1,657
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The  Company accounts for income taxes  under the asset and liability method
as defined  by the  provisions of  Statement of  Financial Accounting  Standards
(SFAS)  No.  109, "Accounting  for Income  Taxes".  Under this  method, deferred
income taxes  are recognized  for the  future tax  consequences attributable  to
temporary  differences  between  the  financial statement  and  tax  balances of
existing assets  and  liabilities.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are
measured  using enacted  tax rates  expected to apply  to taxable  income in the
years in  which those  temporary differences  are expected  to be  recovered  or
settled.  Under SFAS 109, the effect on deferred  taxes of a change in tax rates
is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    NET INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE
 
    Net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common
and dilutive common equivalent shares (stock options) assumed to be  outstanding
during  the period, using the treasury stock method. The Company's stock options
which were granted during  the twelve-month period prior  to its initial  public
offering have been considered outstanding for all periods presented.
 
    RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain  reclassifications  have  been made  in  the  accompanying financial
statements for 1993, 1994 and 1995 to conform with the 1996 presentation.
 
3.  CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS:
    The Company leases  certain equipment  under capital  lease agreements.  All
lease obligations are secured by the related asset. A schedule of future minimum
lease  payments under  capital lease  agreements as of  December 31,  1995 is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
1996.................................................................  $     175
1997.................................................................         40
1998.................................................................         11
1999.................................................................          9
                                                                       ---------
Total minimum payments...............................................        235
Amount representing interest.........................................        (17)
                                                                       ---------
Present value of future minimum lease payments.......................        218
  Less current portion...............................................       (164)
                                                                       ---------
Long-term capital lease obligation...................................  $      54
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
4.  COMMITMENTS:
    The Company  leases its  facilities and  certain equipment  under  operating
leases  that expire in 1998. The  approximate minimum lease payments under these
operating leases at December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
1996.................................................................  $     901
1997.................................................................        901
1998.................................................................        878
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense was  approximately $868, $875  and $1,111 for  the years  ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
5.  LINE OF CREDIT:
    In December 1995, the Company secured a revolving line of credit with a bank
allowing maximum borrowings of $10,000. The Company can borrow, with interest at
the  bank's prime lending rate,  or if lower, at  certain margins above bankers'
acceptance on interbank offering  rates. There have  been no borrowings  against
the  line of credit  to date. Certain  financial covenants are  included in this
agreement, which the Company  was in compliance with  at December 31, 1995.  The
line of credit is renewable April 30, 1997.
 
6.  EMPLOYEE AND DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AND 401(K) SAVINGS PLANS:
    The Company has a profit sharing plan and trust that qualifies as a deferred
salary  arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the
terms of the plan, the employees of the Company may make voluntary contributions
to the  plan  as  a  percentage  of compensation,  but  not  in  excess  of  the
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
6.  EMPLOYEE AND DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AND 401(K) SAVINGS PLANS: (CONTINUED)
maximum  allowed under the Code. Employees become eligible to participate in the
plan upon completion of six months of continuous employment and having  attained
the  age of 21. The Company currently  does not match employee contributions and
does not intend to do so in the future.
 
    On May 10, 1995, the Company's  Board of Directors approved the adoption  of
the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1995 Plan) pursuant to which 1,250,000 shares
of  the Company's common stock  have been reserved for  issuance. Under the 1995
Plan, incentive  stock options  may be  granted to  selected employees.  Options
under the 1995 Plan vest ratably over a four-year period from the date of grant,
and  are exercisable at prices generally not  less than the fair market value at
the grant date.
 
    On May 10, 1995, the  Board of Directors approved  the adoption of the  1995
Stock  Option Plan for  Nonemployee Directors (the  "Nonemployee Director Plan")
covering directors  who  are  not  employees of  the  Company.  The  Nonemployee
Director  Plan allows for the automatic grant  of 10,000 options upon becoming a
director and 3,000 options annually thereafter. Grants to-date have been made at
fair market value on the  date of grant. These  options vest ratably over  three
years  from the date of grant. Upon consummation of the Company's initial public
offering, 50,000 stock options were awarded under the Nonemployee Director Plan.
 
    Stock options outstanding and related  transactions under the Company's  two
stock option plans are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SHARES     PRICE PER SHARE
                                                                            ---------  -----------------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Granted...................................................................    542,250  $   8.50 - $15.50
Exercised.................................................................       (803)     8.50 -   8.50
Canceled..................................................................     (7,197)     8.50 -   8.50
                                                                            ---------  -----------------
  Balance at December 31, 1995............................................    534,250      8.50 -  15.50
Granted...................................................................    188,000     12.75 -  13.25
Exercised.................................................................        (52)    12.50 -  12.50
Canceled..................................................................     (3,386)    10.00 -  13.25
                                                                            ---------  -----------------
  Balance at March 31, 1996...............................................    718,812  8.50 - $    15.50
                                                                            ---------  -----------------
                                                                            ---------  -----------------
</TABLE>
 
    At  March 31, 1996, a total  of 112,302 outstanding options were exercisable
in accordance with the terms under which they were granted.
 
    As of December 31,  1995, employees of the  Company also held  approximately
384,000 Cadence stock options, under the original terms of their issuance. These
options  were granted to  IMS employees by  Cadence prior to  1995 (see note 1).
Upon exercise of Cadence  options, proceeds equal to  the option exercise  price
pass to Cadence, and there is no impact on the number of shares of Company stock
outstanding.
 
    Certain  unvested Cadence  stock options held  by Company  employees will be
canceled as  a  result of  any  offering  that reduces  Cadence's  common  stock
ownership  in  the Company  to  below certain  percentages  as specified  in the
Cadence Stock Option Plans. Cadence will  compensate such employees in the  form
of  cash for  the value of  these unvested stock  options. Such pay  out will be
contingent upon each  employees continued  employment with the  Company for  the
remaining  unvested period related to these options. Compensation expense, equal
to the difference of the option price and the fair market value, as defined,  of
Cadence  Common Stock  on the  date of  cancellation of  these options,  will be
reflected as a charge  in the Company's Statement  of Income over the  remaining
vesting period.
 
    The  Financial Accounting Standards  Board has issued  SFAS 123, "Accounting
for Stock-Based  Compensation"  which  establishes  a  fair  value  approach  to
measuring compensation expense related to
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
6.  EMPLOYEE AND DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AND 401(K) SAVINGS PLANS: (CONTINUED)
employee  stock  plans. In  1996,  the Company  must  either account  for awards
granted under employee stock plans after January 1, 1995 under the provisions of
SFAS 123 or provide detailed disclosures in lieu of adoption. The Company  plans
to only adopt the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123.
 
7.  INCOME TAXES:
    The  accompanying  Statements of  Income  present the  Company's  income tax
expense computed on a separate return  basis. The taxable income of the  Company
will be included in the Cadence consolidated income tax returns through July 20,
1995.  The Company will  file independent income tax  returns beginning July 21,
1995, the date of the Company's initial public offering.
 
    Income tax  liabilities  through March  31,  1995, have  been  settled  with
Cadence.  The settlement with Cadence is reflected as contributed capital in the
accompanying Statement of Shareholders' Equity.  Income tax liabilities for  the
period April 1 through July 20, 1995 will be settled with Cadence in cash.
 
    The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1993       1994       1995
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal....................................................................  $  --      $     934  $   2,529
  State......................................................................          3        226        487
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                       3      1,160      3,016
Deferred.....................................................................         99         25       (763)
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total......................................................................  $     102  $   1,185  $   2,253
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The effective tax rate differs from the Federal statutory rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1993       1994       1995
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal statutory tax rate.....................................................       34.0%      34.0%      34.0%
State taxes, net of Federal tax effect.........................................        4.4        4.4        4.1
Other, net.....................................................................        5.4       (0.1)       0.8
                                                                                       ---        ---        ---
  Total........................................................................       43.8%      38.3%      38.9%
                                                                                       ---        ---        ---
                                                                                       ---        ---        ---
</TABLE>
 
    The  net deferred tax asset as of December  31, 1994 and 1995 consist of the
following tax effects relating to temporary differences:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1994       1995
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Inventory valuation.................................................................  $     427  $     641
  Accrued vacation and other compensation.............................................        176        209
  Book in excess of tax depreciation..................................................        129        194
  Allowance for doubtful accounts.....................................................         70        129
  Accrued warranty....................................................................        110        398
  Other...............................................................................        135        158
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                            1,047      1,729
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Software development costs..........................................................       (681)      (600)
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
  Net deferred tax asset..............................................................  $     366  $   1,129
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    For the year  ended December 31,  1995, the current  tax liability has  been
reduced  by $2,270 for the tax benefit from tax deduction of employee gains upon
exercise   of    Cadence   stock    options.   The    tax   benefit    of    the
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
7.  INCOME TAXES: (CONTINUED)
stock option deduction is reflected as an increase in Additional Paid-in Capital
in  the accompanying Statements of Shareholders'  Equity. The employee gains are
generally not expenses of the Company for financial reporting purposes, and  the
exercise  of  these stock  options does  not  increase the  number of  shares of
Company common stock outstanding.
 
8.  TRANSACTIONS WITH CADENCE:
    In certain foreign markets,  primarily Europe, Cadence  acts as sales  agent
for  the  Company. Cadence  is reimbursed  its cost  plus a  fee by  the Company
through intercompany  accounts  for  related costs  incurred  on  the  Company's
behalf.
 
    Cadence  provides  selling, service  and production  support related  to the
Company's Virtual  Test Software.  These  expenses have  been reflected  in  the
accompanying  Statements of Income based on contractual agreements with Cadence,
which reflect estimated costs required to provide such support.
 
    Cadence provides facilities  for certain domestic  Company sales  personnel.
Intercompany  charges for utilization of these facilities have been reflected in
the accompanying Statements  of Income  as Selling,  General and  Administrative
expense.
 
    Certain  corporate services such as treasury, tax, legal and risk management
have been handled by Cadence in the past. The Company has begun to manage  these
activities  independently subsequent to the  initial public offering. Management
does not  expect these  costs to  increase significantly  from their  historical
levels.
 
    For  the years 1993, 1994 and 1995, the costs of the above services provided
by Cadence  totaled $1,142,  $1,883 and  $2,698, respectively.  During 1993  and
1994,  a portion  of these  costs were withheld  from revenues  collected on the
Company's behalf in  accordance with the  sales agency agreement  in effect  for
those  years. The net adjustments to present  the Company on a stand-alone basis
were a reduction  to income before  income taxes of  $367 and $60  for 1993  and
1994,  respectively. These adjustments have  been credited to Additional Paid-in
Capital in the accompanying Statements of Shareholders' Equity.
 
    On March 31,  1995, the  Company's Board  of Directors  approved a  non-cash
dividend  to  Cadence  in  the  amount  of  $1,027  which  was  the intercompany
outstanding balance at March 31, 1995.  This dividend has been reflected in  the
accompanying Statements of Shareholders' Equity. It is the intent of Cadence and
the  Company to settle all intercompany activity subsequent to March 31, 1995 in
cash.
 
9.  GEOGRAPHIC AND CUSTOMER INFORMATION:
    The Company  sells  to  customers  located  throughout  the  United  States,
Asia-Pacific   and  Europe.  Credit  evaluations  of  its  customers'  financial
conditions are  performed  periodically,  and the  Company  generally  does  not
require  collateral  from  its  customers. The  Company  maintains  reserves for
potential credit losses  and such losses  have been both  immaterial and  within
management's expectations.
 
    In  1993, 1994, and 1995, one customer  accounted for 16 percent, 22 percent
and 30 percent of net sales, respectively. In 1993, another customer represented
12 percent of net sales. The concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade
receivables are, in management's opinion, considered minimal due to the size and
financial stability of the Company's customers.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                 NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
9.  GEOGRAPHIC AND CUSTOMER INFORMATION: (CONTINUED)
    Export  sales  represent  sales   to  the  Company's  customers   throughout
Asia-Pacific   and  Europe.  Sales  by  customer  geographic  region,  generally
denominated in U.S. dollars, for the periods ended December 31, were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993       1994       1995
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
United States..........................................................  $  15,591  $  18,132  $  27,854
Asia-Pacific...........................................................      4,347      7,755      8,403
Europe.................................................................      2,935      3,982      4,656
Other..................................................................        244        183        180
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total................................................................  $  23,117  $  30,052  $  41,093
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Like most high technology, high growth companies, IMS faces certain business
risks which  may  impact  the  Company's  results  of  operations.  For  further
discussion  of such risks, see Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.
 
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENT:
    On May 6, 1996, the shareholders approved the adoption of the 1995  Employee
Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the "ESPP")  pursuant  to  which 250,000  shares  of the
Company's  Common  Stock  have  been  reserved  for  issuance  to  participating
employees.  Each eligible employee may  elect to contribute up  to 10 percent of
their cash  compensation during  each  pay period.  The  ESPP provides  for  two
semi-annual  offering periods, beginning  February 1 and August  1 of each year.
During the offering  periods, participants  accumulate funds in  an account  via
payroll  deduction. At the  end of each six-month  offering period, the purchase
price is determined and the accumulated funds are used to automatically purchase
shares of the Company's Common Stock. The  purchase price per share is equal  to
85  percent of the lower of the fair market value of the Common Stock (a) on the
Enrollment Date of the offering period or (b) on the date of the purchase.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                     [LOGO]
 
<TABLE>
<S>             <C>             <C>
                TEST STATIONS
 
   IMS Time                         TestVIEW
  Navigator                      Graphical Test
  identifies                      Environment
timing errors                     provides for
                                  fast program
                                  development
 
                  ATS Blazer
                Test Stations
                 provide high
                 performance
                 engineering
                     test
                  capability
 
   IMS-Link                       Shmoo Plots
accepts design                  provide graphic
data from EDA                   display of test
  databases                         results
</TABLE>
 
    (1) IMS TEST STATIONS
    The pictures portray:
    (A) Three different models of ATS Blazer Test Stations (center). Around this
       picture are four screen views of IMS software as follows
    (B)  TIME NAVIGATOR  which facilitates  identifying IC  timing errors (upper
       left-hand corner)
    (C) TEST VIEW which is a  test environment that provides for graphical  test
       program development (upper right-hand corner)
    (D) SHMOO PLOTS which provides graphic display of multivariable test results
       (lower right-hand corner)
    (E)  IMS-LINK which  accepts design  data from  electronic design automation
       data bases (lower left-hand corner)
                                 TEST SOFTWARE
 
         Dantes Virtual Test software supports the design, development
             simulation and debugging of mixed-signal test programs
 
                               [INSIDE BACK PAGE]
    (2) TEST SOFTWARE
    The picture  shows a  screen  shot of  Dantes  Virtual Test  Software  which
supports, the design and debugging of mixed-signal test programs.
<PAGE>
                                        [LOGO]
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The   following  table  sets  forth  the  costs  and  expenses,  other  than
underwriting  discounts  and  commissions,  expected  to  be  incurred  by   the
Registrant  in  connection  with  the offering  described  in  this Registration
Statement. All amounts, except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and
the NASDAQ National Market System listing fee are estimates.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
SEC Registration Fee..............................................  $  26,500
NASD Filing Fee...................................................      8,185
NASDAQ Listing Fee................................................     17,500
Printing and Engraving Expenses...................................     70,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses......................................     35,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...........................................     50,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses (including fees of Counsel)............     10,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees.................................      3,000
Director and Officer Liability Insurance..........................     88,000
Miscellaneous Expenses............................................     41,815*
                                                                    ---------
    Total.........................................................  $ 350,000*
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*Estimate.
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    As an  Oregon corporation  the Company  is subject  to the  Oregon  Business
Corporation  Act ("OBCA") and the exculpation from liability and indemnification
provisions contained  therein. Pursuant  to Section  60.047(2)(d) of  the  OBCA,
Article  IV of the Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation (the "Articles")
eliminates the  liability of  the  Company's directors  to  the Company  or  its
shareholders, except for any liability related to breach of the duty of loyalty,
actions not in good faith and certain other liabilities.
 
    Section  60.387 et seq.  of the OBCA allows  corporations to indemnify their
directors and officers against liability where the director or officer has acted
in good faith and with a reasonable  belief that actions taken were in the  best
interests  of the corporation or at least  not adverse to the corporation's best
interests and, if  in a criminal  proceeding, the individual  had no  reasonable
cause  to  believe  the  conduct  in  question  was  unlawful.  Under  the OBCA,
corporations may not indemnify against liability  in connection with a claim  by
or  in the  right of  the corporation but  may indemnify  against the reasonable
expenses associated with  such claims.  Corporations may  not indemnify  against
breaches of the duty of loyalty. The OBCA provides for mandatory indemnification
of  directors against all reasonable expenses incurred in the successful defense
of any claim made or threatened whether or not such claim was by or in the right
of the corporation. Finally, a court may order indemnification if it  determines
that   the  director   or  officer   is  fairly   and  reasonably   entitled  to
indemnification in view  of all the  relevant circumstances whether  or not  the
director  or  officer met  the  good faith  and  reasonable belief  standards of
conduct set out in the statute.
 
    The OBCA also provides that the statutory indemnification provisions are not
deemed exclusive  of any  other rights  to which  directors or  officers may  be
entitled  under  a  corporation's  articles  of  incorporation  or  bylaws,  any
agreement, general  or  specific action  of  the  board of  directors,  vote  of
shareholders or otherwise.
 
    The  Articles require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers to
the fullest extent not prohibited by law.
 
    Effective as of May 11, 1995, the Company entered into indemnity  agreements
with  each executive  officer of  the Company and  each member  of the Company's
Board of Directors.  These indemnity agreements  provide for indemnification  of
the indemnitee to the fullest extent allowed by law.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Within  the  last  three  years, the  Company  has  sold  securities without
registration under the Securities  Act of 1933, as  amended (the "Act"), in  the
transactions  and  in reliance  on  the exemptions  from  registration described
below.
 
    During the period from May  10, 1995 through May  23, 1996, the Company  has
issued  options to purchase an  aggregate of 819,525 shares  of Common Stock and
has sold an aggregate of 1,604 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate  purchase
price  of $14,090, in each  case pursuant to the  Company's 1995 Stock Incentive
Plan and the 1995 Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors and in reliance on
Rule 701 promulgated under the Act.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  NUMBER                                                   DESCRIPTION
- -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>
       1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement
       3.1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc.*
       3.2   Restated Bylaws of Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc.*
       5.1   Opinion of Ater Wynne Hewitt Dodson & Skerritt as to the legality of the securities being registered
      10.1   Form of Indemnity Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and each of its executive
              officers and directors*
      10.2   1995 Stock Incentive Plan*
      10.3   1995 Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors*
      10.4   Form of Employment Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and each of its executive
              officers (with the terms relating to each executive officer attached as Exhibit A thereto)*
      10.5   Shareholder Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design Systems, Inc.*
      10.6   Shareholder Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design Systems, Inc.*
      10.7   Asset Transfer Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design Systems, Inc.*
      10.8   Corporate Services Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design Systems,
              Inc.*
      10.9   Tax Sharing Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design Systems, Inc.*
     10.10   Lease Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Beaverton-Richmond Tech Properties, a
              Joint Venture, as amended by Amendment One and Amendment Two*
     10.11   Line of Credit Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and U.S. Bank of Oregon+
     10.12   Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.+
     10.13   Employment Agreement dated March 16, 1996 between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Keith L.
              Barnes++
     10.14   Employment Agreement dated March 16, 1996 between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Sar
              Ramadan.++
     10.15   Amended Stockholder Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design Systems,
              Inc.
     10.16   Amended Corporate Services Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design
              Systems, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  NUMBER                                                   DESCRIPTION
- -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     10.17   Second Amendment to Joint Sales Agency Agreement between Cadence Design Systems, Inc. and Integrated
              Measurement Systems, Inc.
<S>          <C>
      16.1   Letter of Arthur Andersen LLP regarding change in accounting principals.++
      23.1   Consent of Ater Wynne Hewitt Dodson & Skerritt (included in legal opinion filed as Exhibit 5.0)
      23.2   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
      24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page at page II-4)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
    S-1 (Registration No. 33-92408).
 
+   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
    the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
++   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
    for the quarter ended March 31, 1996.
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    (a)  The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to   the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the  Securities
Act  of 1933 may be permitted to  directors, officers and controlling persons of
the  registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,   the
registrant  has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification  is against  public policy as  expressed in  the
Securities  Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In  the event that a claim for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant  of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or controlling
person of  the registrant  in the  successful  defense of  any action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is  asserted by  such director,  officer  or controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant  will,
unless  in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a  court of appropriate  jurisdiction the question  whether
such  indemnification  by  it  is  against public  policy  as  expressed  in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities  Act
    of  1933, the information omitted from the  form of prospectus filed as part
    of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or 497(h)  under the  Securities Act  shall be  deemed to  be part  of  this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2)  For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
    prospectus  shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at  that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Registration  Statement to be signed  on its behalf by  the
undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized, in  the  City of  Portland,  State of
Oregon, on the 23rd day of May, 1996.
 
                                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                                      By:           /s/ KEITH L. BARNES
 
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                                     Keith L. Barnes
                                          PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    KNOW ALL MEN  BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person  whose signature  appears
below  constitutes and appoints Keith L. Barnes and Sar Ramadan and each of them
singly, as  true and  lawful attorneys-in-fact  and agents  with full  power  of
substitution  and resubstitution, for him  and in his name,  place and stead, in
any  and  all   capacities  to  sign   the  Registration  Statement   (including
post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and
other  documents  in  connection  therewith, with  the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact and agents  and full power  and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary
to   be  done  in  person,  hereby   ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his substitute, may lawfully  do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
    Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the   Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration Statement has  been duly  signed by  the following  persons in  the
capacities indicated on May 23, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   SIGNATURE                                       TITLE
- ------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------
 
<C>                                               <S>                                      <C>
              /s/ KEITH L. BARNES
     --------------------------------------       President, Chief Executive Officer and
                Keith L. Barnes                    Director (Principal Executive Officer)
 
                /s/ SAR RAMADAN
     --------------------------------------       Chief Financial Officer (Principal
                  Sar Ramadan                      Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
             /s/ H. RAYMOND BINGHAM
     --------------------------------------       Chairman of the Board
               H. Raymond Bingham
 
              /s/ C. SCOTT GIBSON
     --------------------------------------       Director
                C. Scott Gibson
     --------------------------------------       Director
                 James M. Hurd
 
              /s/ JAMES E. SOLOMON
     --------------------------------------       Director
                James E. Solomon
 
              /s/ DELBERT W. YOCAM
     --------------------------------------       Director
                Delbert W. Yocam
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                  SCHEDULE II
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 ADDITIONS
                                                                BALANCE AT      CHARGED TO
                                                               BEGINNING OF      COSTS AND                   BALANCE AT END
DESCRIPTION                                                       PERIOD         EXPENSES      DEDUCTIONS       OF PERIOD
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>            <C>            <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1993:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................     $     200       $  --          $     (53)      $     147
Year Ended December 31, 1994:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................           147              69            (34)            182
Year Ended December 31, 1995:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................           182             220            (64)            338
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           SEQUENTIALLY
  EXHIBIT                                            DESCRIPTION                                           NUMBERED PAGE
- -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<C>          <S>                                                                                           <C>
       1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement..............................................................
       3.1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc.*.................
       3.2   Restated Bylaws of Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc.*....................................
       5.1   Opinion of Ater Wynne Hewitt Dodson & Skerritt as to the legality of the securities being
             registered..................................................................................
      10.1   Form of Indemnity Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and each of its
             executive officers and directors*...........................................................
      10.2   1995 Stock Incentive Plan*..................................................................
      10.3   1995 Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors*...........................................
      10.4   Form of Employment Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and each of its
             executive officers (with the terms relating to each executive officer attached as Exhibit A
             thereto)*...................................................................................
      10.5   Shareholder Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design
             Systems, Inc.*..............................................................................
      10.6   Shareholder Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design
             Systems, Inc.*..............................................................................
      10.7   Asset Transfer Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design
             Systems, Inc.*..............................................................................
      10.8   Corporate Services Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design
             Systems, Inc.*..............................................................................
      10.9   Tax Sharing Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence Design
             Systems, Inc.*..............................................................................
      10.10  Lease Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Beaverton-Richmond Tech
             Properties, a Joint Venture, as amended by Amendment One and Amendment Two*.................
      10.11  Line of Credit Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and U.S. Bank of
             Oregon+.....................................................................................
      10.12  Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. 1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.+....................
      10.13  Employment Agreement dated March 16, 1996 between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and
             Keith L. Barnes++...........................................................................
      10.14  Employment Agreement dated March 16, 1996 between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and
             Sar Ramadan.++..............................................................................
      10.15  Amended Stockholder Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and Cadence
             Design Systems, Inc.........................................................................
      10.16  Amended Corporate Services Agreement between Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. and
             Cadence Design Systems, Inc. ...............................................................
      10.17  Second Amendment to Joint Sales Agency Agreement between Cadence Design Systems, Inc. and
             Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. .......................................................
      16.1   Letter of Arthur Andersen LLP regarding change in accounting principals.++..................
      23.1   Consent of Ater Wynne Hewitt Dodson & Skerritt (included in legal opinion filed as Exhibit
             5.0)........................................................................................
      23.2   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP..............................................................
      24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page at page II-4)................................
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
    S-1 (Registration No. 33-92408).
 
+   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
    the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
++   Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
    for the quarter ended March 31, 1996.
<PAGE>
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                    EXHIBITS
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                            ------------------------
 
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>


                                2,525,000 Shares



                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.

                           Common Stock, $.01 par value



                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


June __, 1996

<PAGE>

                                                                   June __, 1996



Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Cowen & Company
Soundview Financial Group, Inc.
c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    1251 Avenue of the Americas
    New York, New York  10020

Dear Sirs:

     Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc., an Oregon corporation (the
"Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in
Schedule II hereto (the "Underwriters"), and certain stockholders of the Company
named in Schedule I hereto severally propose to sell to the several
Underwriters, an aggregate of 2,525,000 shares of the common stock, $.01 par
value, of the Company (the "Firm Shares"), of which 1,130,000 shares are to be
issued and sold by the Company and 1,395,000 shares are to be sold by the
Selling Stockholders.

     The Company also proposes to issue and sell, and Cadence Design Systems,
Inc., a Delaware corporation and a selling stockholder ("Cadence") also proposes
to sell, to the several Underwriters not more than an additional 375,000 shares
of the Company's common stock, $.01 par value (the "Additional Shares"), if and
to the extent that you, as Managers of the offering, shall have determined to
exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of
common stock granted to the Underwriters in Article III hereof.  Such Additional
Shares shall be sold by Cadence insofar as set forth on Schedule I and shall be
sold by the Company as to the balance of the total number of Additional Shares. 
The selling stockholders named in Schedule I hereto, other than Cadence are
hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the Individual Selling
Stockholders.  Cadence and the Individual Selling Stockholders are hereinafter
sometimes collectively referred to as the Selling Stockholders.  The Firm Shares
and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the
Shares.  The shares of common stock, $.01 par value, of the Company to be
outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter
referred to as the Common Stock.   The Company and the Selling Stockholders are
hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the Sellers. 

          The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the
Shares.  The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective,
including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration
statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), is hereinafter
referred to as the "Registration Statement;" the prospectus in the form first
used to confirm sales of Shares is hereinafter referred to as the "Prospectus." 
If the Company files a registration statement to register a portion of the
Shares and relies on Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act for such registration
statement to become effective upon filing with the Commission (the "Rule 462
Registration Statement"), then any reference to the "Registration Statement"
shall be deemed to refer to both the registration statement referred to above
(Commission File No. ___-_________) and the Rule 462 Registration Statement, in
each case as amended from time to time.


<PAGE>


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                                       I.

     A.   The Company and Cadence, jointly and severally, represent and warrant
to each of the Underwriters that:

              (i)   The Registration Statement has become effective, no stop
     order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in
     effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or
     threatened by the Commission.

             (ii)   (I) Each document filed or to be filed pursuant to the
     Exchange Act complied or will comply when so filed in all material respects
     with the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the
     Commission thereunder; (II) each part of the Registration Statement, when
     such part became effective, did not contain and each such part, as amended
     or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a
     material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
     therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
     (III) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended
     or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with
     the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the
     Commission thereunder and (IV) the Prospectus does not contain and, as
     amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in
     order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
     under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations
     and warranties set forth in this paragraph I.A (ii) do not apply to
     statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
     based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company
     in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

            (iii)   The Company has been duly incorporated, and is an active
     corporation under the laws of the State of Oregon, has the corporate power
     and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described
     in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good
     standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its
     ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the
     extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not
     have a material adverse effect on the Company.

             (iv)   The Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly
     authorized, and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of
     this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and
     the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or
     similar rights.

              (v)   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement of the
     Company.

             (vi)   There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any
     development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the
     condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, 


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

     business or operations of the Company and the Subsidiary, taken as a whole,
     from that set forth in the Prospectus. 

            (vii)   There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or
     threatened to which the Company or the Subsidiary is a party or to which
     any of the properties of the Company or the Subsidiary is subject that are
     required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
     and are not so described or any statutes, regulations, contracts or other
     documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement
     or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement
     that are not described or filed as required.

           (viii)   Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the
     registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment
     thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 or Rule 462 under the Securities
     Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities
     Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

             (ix)   Each of the Company and the Subsidiary maintains a system of
     internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance
     that (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general
     or specific authorization; (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to
     permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (3)
     access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general
     or specific authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets
     is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and
     appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

          The representations and warranties of Cadence set forth in paragraphs
(ii), (vi), (vii) and (ix) are  made on the basis that, after due inquiry,
Cadence has no knowledge of or reasonable grounds to believe in the existence of
any facts which would make such representations and warranties untrue,
incomplete or incorrect. 

     B.   The Company represents and warrants to each of the Underwriters that:

              (i)   The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the
     performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will
     not contravene any provision of applicable law or the articles of
     incorporation or bylaws of the Company or the Subsidiary or any agreement
     or other instrument binding upon the Company or the Subsidiary that is
     material to the Company and the Subsidiary, taken as a whole, or any
     judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having
     jurisdiction over the Company or the Subsidiary, and no consent, approval,
     authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental body or
     agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations
     under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or
     Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale
     of the Shares.

             (ii)   Each of the Company and the Subsidiary has all necessary
     consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, certificates and permits of
     and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all federal,
     state, local and other governmental authorities, all self-regulatory
     organizations and all 


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

     courts and other tribunals, to own, lease, license and use its properties
     and assets and to conduct its business in the manner described in the
     Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to obtain or file would
     not have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiary, taken
     as a whole.


            (iii)   Integrated Measurement Systems (F.S.C.), Inc., a [Guam]
     corporation (the "Subsidiary"), has been duly incorporated, is validly
     existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of [Guam], has
     the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its
     business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact
     business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct
     of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
     qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or
     be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company
     and the Subsidiary, taken as a whole.  All of the issued shares of capital
     stock of the Subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly
     authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and owned
     directly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances,
     equities or claims.  The Company does not own, directly or indirectly, an
     interest in any other corporation, partnership, business, trust or other
     entity.

             (iv)   The shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be sold
     by the Selling Stockholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of the
     Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly
     issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

              (v)   Each of the Company and the Subsidiary (i) is in compliance
     with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and
     regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the
     environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or
     contaminants (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), (II) has received all
     permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable
     Environmental Laws to conduct its business and (III) is in compliance with
     all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except
     where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive
     required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the
     terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not,
     singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company
     and the Subsidiary, taken as a whole.

             (vi)   The costs and liabilities associated with Environmental Laws
     (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures
     required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with
     Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related
     constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third
     parties) would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to 
     have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiary, taken as
     a whole.

            (vii)   Each of the Company and the Subsidiary owns or possesses
     adequate licenses or other rights to use all patents, copyrights,
     trademarks, service marks, trade names, maskwork rights, technology and
     know-how necessary (in any material respect) to conduct its business in the
     manner described in the Prospectus and, except as disclosed in the
     Prospectus, neither the Company nor the 



                                       -5-

<PAGE>

     Subsidiary have received any notice of infringement or conflict with 
     (and neither the Company nor the Subsidiary know of any infringement or 
     conflict with) asserted rights of others with respect to any patents, 
     copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, maskwork rights, 
     technology or know-how which could result in any material adverse effect 
     upon the Company and the Subsidiary, taken as a whole; and, except as 
     disclosed in the Prospectus, the discoveries, inventions, products or 
     processes of the Company referred to in the Prospectus do not, to the 
     knowledge of the Company or the Subsidiary, infringe or conflict with 
     any right or patent of any third party, or any discovery, invention, 
     product or process which is the subject of a patent application filed by 
     any third party, known to the Company or the Subsidiary which could have 
     a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiary, taken as a 
     whole.

           (viii)   The Company is not and, after giving effect to the 
     offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof
     as described in the Prospectus will not be, an "investment company" as such
     term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 

             (ix)   There is no owner of any securities of the Company who 
     has any rights, not effectively satisfied or waived, to require 
     registration of any shares of capital stock of the Company in connection 
     with the filing of the Registration Statement.

              (x)   As of the date the Registration Statement becomes effective,
     the Common Stock will be authorized for listing on the Nasdaq National
     Market System upon official notice of issuance.

             (xi)   The Company has complied with all provisions of Section
     517.075, Florida Statutes (Chapter 92-198, Laws of Florida), relating to
     issuers doing business with Cuba.

                                       II.

     A.   Cadence represents and warrants to each of the Underwriters that (i)
it is duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and, (ii) to the best of its
knowledge, that all the representations of the Company set forth in Section I.B
are true and correct.

     B.   Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly,
represents and warrants to each of the Underwriters that:

              (i)   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
     delivered by such Selling Stockholder and constitutes a valid and binding
     obligation upon such Selling Stockholder.

             (ii)   The execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder (or
     on its behalf by attorney-in-fact, as applicable) and the performance by
     such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, this Agreement, and,
     with respect to the Individual Selling Stockholders, the Custody Agreement
     (or by an attorney-in-fact on their behalf) signed by such Individual
     Selling Stockholder and ________________, as Custodian, relating to the
     deposit of the Shares to be sold by such Individual Selling Stockholder
     (the "Custody Agreement"),any lock-up agreement signed by such Individual


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

Selling Stockholder relating to resale restrictions on the Company stock owned
or held by such Individual Selling Stockholder ("Lock-Up Agreement") and the
Power of Attorney appointing certain individuals as such Individual Selling
Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact to the extent set forth therein, relating to the
transactions contemplated hereby and by the Registration Statement (the "Power
of Attorney"), will not contravene any provision of applicable law, or, in the
case of Cadence, Cadence's certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws,
or any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Selling Stockholder or
any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having
jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, and no consent, approval,
authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental body or agency
is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations
under this Agreement or, in the case of Individual Selling Stockholders, the
Custody Agreement, Lock-Up Agreement or Power of Attorney of such Individual
Selling Stockholder, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue
Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the
Shares. 

            (iii)   Such Selling Stockholder has, and on the Closing Date 
will have, good and valid marketable title to the Shares to be sold by such 
Selling Stockholder and the legal right and power, and all authorization and 
approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and to sell, transfer 
and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder.

             (iv)   The Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder 
pursuant to this Agreement have been duly authorized and are validly issued, 
fully paid and non-assessable.

              (v)   Upon delivery of and payment for the Shares to be sold by 
such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, the Underwriters will 
receive good and valid title to such Shares free and clear of any security 
interests, claims, liens and other encumbrances.

             (vi)   With respect to Individual Selling Stockholders, all 
information furnished by or on behalf of such Individual Selling Stockholders 
for use in the Registration Statement and Prospectus is, and on the Closing 
Date will be, true, correct, and complete, and does not, and on the Closing 
Date will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state any material fact necessary to make such information not misleading.

            (vii)    To the best knowledge of each such Selling Stockholder, 
other than Cadence: (i) each part of the Registration Statement, when such 
part became effective, did not contain and each such part, as amended or 
supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a 
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein 
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (ii) the 
Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, 
will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light 
of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that 
the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph (h) do not 
apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or the 
Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to 
the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use 
therein.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                                      III.

     Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to sell to the
several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the
representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from such
Seller at $________ a share -- the purchase price -- the number of Firm Shares
(subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may
determine) that bears the same proportion to the number of Firm Shares to be
sold by such Seller as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule II hereto
opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

     On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this
Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company and Cadence
hereby agree to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the
Underwriters shall have a one-time right to purchase, severally and not jointly,
up to 375,000 Additional Shares at the purchase price.   Additional Shares may
be purchased as provided in Article V hereof solely for the purpose of covering
over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares.  If any
Additional Shares are to be purchased, each Underwriter agrees, severally and
not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such
adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the
same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased as the
number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such
Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

     The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during
the period ending 120 days after the date of the Prospectus, (1) offer, pledge,
sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any
option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common
Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock, or (2) enter into any swap or similar arrangement that transfers,
in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Common Stock, whether
any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by
delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, other
than (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (ii) any shares of such Common Stock
sold by the Company upon the exercise of an option under the Company's stock
option plan outstanding on the date hereof, and (iii) any option to purchase
Common Stock, and any shares of Common Stock sold by the Company upon the
exercise of options, granted under the Company's 1995 Stock Incentive Plan, the
1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors and 1995 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan, provided that, the holder of such option enters into a lock-up
agreement similar to the agreement set forth in this paragraph for the period
from the date of such grant until the date 120 days after the date of the
Prospectus.  The Company hereby further agrees that during the period ending 120
days after the date of the Prospectus, it will not waive, amend or alter any
lock up provision contained in any stock option agreement between the Company
and any person without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters.

     Each Selling Stockholder hereby agrees that, without the prior written
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it
will not, during the period ending 120 days after the date of the Prospectus,
(1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
purchase, purchase any


                                       -8-

<PAGE>

option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase,
or otherwise transfer or dispose of directly or indirectly, any shares of Common
Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock, or (2) enter into any swap or similar arrangement that transfers,
in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Common Stock, whether
any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by
delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.  In
addition, each Selling Stockholder agrees that, without the prior written
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it
will not, during the period ending 120 days after the date of the Prospectus,
make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of
any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock.

                                       IV.

     The Sellers are advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a
public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the
Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your
judgment is advisable.  The Sellers are further advised by you that the Shares
are to be offered to the public initially at $____ a share (the public offering
price) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a
concession not in excess of $___ a share under the public offering price, and
that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not
in excess of $____ a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

                                       V.

          Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made in Federal or other funds
immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for
the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 A.M., New York City
time, on _________, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not
later than _________, as shall be designated in writing by you.   The time and
date of each such payment are hereinafter referred to as the Closing Date. 

          Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made in Federal or other
funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional
Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 A.M.,
New York City time, on such date (which may be the same as the Closing Date but
shall in no event be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than ten business
days after the giving of the notice hereinafter referred to) as shall be
designated in a written notice from you to the Company of your determination, on
behalf of the Underwriters, to purchase a number, specified in said notice, of
Additional Shares, or on such other date, in any event not later than
___________ as shall be designated in writing by you.  The time and date of such
payment are hereinafter referred to as the Option Closing Date.   The notice of
the determination to exercise the option to purchase Additional Shares and of
the Option Closing Date may be given at any time within 30 days after the date
of this Agreement.

          Certificates for the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be in
definitive form and registered in such names and in such denominations as you
shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the
Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.  The certificates
evidencing the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on
the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the 


                                       -9-

<PAGE>

case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any
transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the
Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the purchase price therefor.

                                       VI.

     The obligations of the Sellers and the several obligations of the
Underwriters hereunder are subject to the condition that the Registration
Statement shall have become effective not later than the date hereof.

     The several obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the
following further conditions:

          (a)   Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
     prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any change, or any
     development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or
     otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations, of the Company and
     the Subsidiary, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Registration
     Statement, that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes
     it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and
     in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

          (b)   The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a
     certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief executive
     officer and the chief financial officer of the Company, to the effect set
     forth in clause (a) above, and to the effect that the representations and
     warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct
     as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the
     agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed
     or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

          The officers signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the
     best of their knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

          (c)   The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a
     certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by each of

                 (i)  the chief executive officer and the chief financial
          officer of Cadence to the effect set forth in clause (a) above, and to
          the effect that the representations and warranties of Cadence
          contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing
          Date and that Cadence has complied with all of the agreements and
          satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or
          satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date (the officers
          signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of
          their knowledge as to proceedings threatened); and 

                (ii)  by the Individual Selling Stockholders (or by their
          attorneys-in-fact on their behalf) to the effect that the
          representations and warranties of the Individual Selling Stockholders
          contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing
          Date and that each such Individual Selling Stockholder has complied
          with all of the agreements and satisfied 


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

          all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied
          hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

          (d)    You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Ater
     Wynne Hewitt Dodson & Skerritt, counsel for the Company, dated the Closing
     Date, to the effect that

                 (i)  the Company has been duly incorporated as an active
          corporation under the laws of the State of Oregon, has the corporate
          power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as
          described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business
          and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of
          its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
          qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so
          qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse
          effect on the Company;

                (ii)  the Company owns all of the shares of capital stock of the
          Subsidiary;

               (iii)  the authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to
          legal matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;

                (iv)  the shares of Common Stock (including the Shares to be
          sold by the Selling Stockholders) outstanding prior to the issuance of
          the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are
          validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;

                 (v)  the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly
          authorized when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of
          this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable,
          and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any statutory
          preemptive or, to such counsel's knowledge, similar rights;

                (vi)  the Company has corporate power and authority to enter
          into this Agreement and to issue, sell and deliver to the Underwriters
          the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company and this Agreement has
          been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

               (vii)  the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the
          performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement
          will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the articles of
          incorporation or bylaws of the Company or, to the best of such
          counsel's knowledge, any agreement or other instrument binding upon
          the Company or the Subsidiary that is material to the Company and the
          Subsidiary, taken as a whole, or, to the best of such counsel's
          knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body,
          agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or the Subsidiary
          and no consent, approval, authorization or order of or qualification
          with any governmental body or agency is required for the performance
          by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except 


                                      -11-

<PAGE>

          such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the
          various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares;

              (viii)  the statements (1) in the Prospectus under the captions
          "Risk Factors -- Effect of Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions," "Risk
          Factors--Shares Eligible for Future Sale," "Management," "Certain
          Transactions--Description of Agreements with Cadence," "Description of
          Capital Stock," and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale," and (2) in the
          Registration Statement in Items 14 and 15, in each case insofar as
          such statements constitute summaries of the legal matters, documents
          or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present the information
          called for with respect to such legal matters, documents and
          proceedings and fairly summarize the matters referred to therein;

                (ix)  after due inquiry, such counsel does not know of any
          legal, regulatory or governmental proceeding pending or threatened to
          which either the Company or the Subsidiary is a party or to which any
          of the properties of the Company or the Subsidiary is subject that are
          required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
          Prospectus and are not so described or of any statutes, regulations,
          contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the
          Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to
          the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as
          required;

                 (x)  the Company is not and, after giving effect to the
          offering and the sale of the Shares and the application of the
          proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus will not be, an
          "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by an "investment
          company," as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of
          1940, as amended;
     
                (xi)  to the best knowledge of such counsel, there is no legal
          or beneficial owner of any securities of the Company who has any
          rights, not effectively satisfied or waived, to require registration
          of any shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with the
          filing of the Registration Statement;

               (xii)  to the best of such counsel's knowledge: (i) the
          Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act,
          no stop order proceedings with respect thereto have been instituted or
          are pending or threatened under the Securities Act; and (ii) any
          required filing of the Prospectus and any supplement thereto pursuant
          to Rule 424(b) of the rules and regulations has been made in the
          manner and within the time period required by such Rule 424(b); 
     
              (xiii)  to such counsel's knowledge, each document filed pursuant
          to the Exchange Act (except for financial statements and schedules and
          other financial information derived therefrom included therein as to
          which such counsel need not express any opinion) complied when so
          filed as to form in all material respects with the Exchange Act and
          the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, 


                                      -12-

<PAGE>

               (xiv)  such counsel is of the opinion that the Registration
          Statement and Prospectus (except for financial statements and
          schedules and other financial data included therein as to which such
          counsel need not express any opinion) comply as to form in all
          material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and
          regulations of the Commission thereunder, (2) believes that (except
          for financial statements and schedules and other financial data as to
          which such counsel need not express any belief) the Registration
          Statement and the prospectus included therein at the time the
          Registration Statement became effective did not contain any untrue
          statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required
          to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
          misleading and (3) believes that (except for financial statements and
          schedules and other financial data as to which such counsel need not
          express any belief) the Prospectus does not contain any untrue
          statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
          necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
          circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

          (e)    You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of
     Cooley Godward Castro Huddleson & Tatum, counsel for Cadence, dated the
     Closing Date, to the effect that

                 (i)  Cadence has been duly incorporated and is validly existing
          as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of
          Delaware.

                (ii)  this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
          delivered by Cadence; 

               (iii)  the execution and delivery by Cadence of, and the
          performance by Cadence of its obligations under, this Agreement will
          not contravene any provision of applicable law, or the certificate of
          incorporation or bylaws of Cadence or, to the best of such counsel's
          knowledge, any agreement or other instrument binding upon Cadence that
          is material Cadence or, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, any
          judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court
          having jurisdiction over Cadence where such judgment order or decree
          would have, singly or in the aggregate, an material adverse effect on
          Cadence, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of or
          qualification with any governmental body or agency is required for the
          performance by Cadence of its obligations under this Agreement, except
          such as have been obtained or may be required by the securities or
          Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and
          sale of the Shares or under the rules or regulations of the National
          Association of Securities Dealers with respect to underwriting
          arrangements;

                (iv)  Cadence has the corporate power, and all authorization and
          approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and to sell,
          transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by Cadence; and, to such
          counsel's knowledge, Cadence has valid marketable title to the Shares
          to be sold by it and such sale, transfer and delivery is not subject
          to any right of first refusal or other contractual restriction; and
          each of the certificates evidencing such Shares is in proper legal
          form; and


                                      -13-

<PAGE>

                 (v)  assuming the Underwriters purchase the Shares to be sold
          by the Selling Stockholder for value, in good faith and without notice
          of any adverse claim, upon delivery of and payment for the Shares to
          be sold by Cadence pursuant to this Agreement, the Underwriters will
          receive valid title to such Shares free and clear of any security
          interests, claims, liens, equities and other encumbrances.

          (f)    You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Ater
     Wynne Hewitt Dodson & Skerritt, counsel for the Individual Selling
     Stockholders, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that

                 (i)  this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
          delivered by or on behalf of such Individual Selling Stockholders; 

                (ii)  the execution and delivery by each Individual Selling
          Stockholder (or by an attorney-in-fact on their behalf) of, and the
          performance by such Individual Selling Stockholder of its obligations
          under, this Agreement and the Custody Agreement, the Lock-Up Agreement
          and Powers of Attorney of such Individual Selling Stockholder will not
          contravene any provision of applicable law, or, to the best of such
          counsel's knowledge, any agreement or other instrument binding upon
          such Individual Selling Stockholder or, to the best of such counsel's
          knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body,
          agency or court having jurisdiction over such Individual Selling
          Stockholder, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of or
          qualification with any governmental body or agency is required for the
          performance by such Individual Selling Stockholder of its obligations
          under this Agreement, the Custody Agreement or the Lock-Up Agreement
          or Power of Attorney of such Individual Selling Stockholder, except
          such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the
          various states in connection with offer and sale of the Shares;

               (iii)  each of the Individual Selling Stockholders has the legal
          right and power, and all authorization and approval required by law or
          contract, to enter into this Agreement, the Custody Agreement, the
          Lock-Up Agreement and Power of Attorney of such Individual Selling
          Stockholder and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by
          such Individual Selling Stockholder; and each of the Individual
          Selling Stockholders has good and marketable title to the Shares to be
          sold by such Individual Selling Stockholder, and such sale, transfer
          and delivery is not subject to any right of first refusal or other
          contractual restriction;

                (iv)  each of the Custody Agreement, the Lock-Up Agreement and
          the Power of Attorney of each Individual Selling Stockholder has been
          duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Individual Selling
          Stockholder (or by an attorney-in-fact on their behalf, as may be
          applicable) and is a valid and binding agreement of such Individual
          Selling Stockholder; and

                 (v)  Assuming the Underwriters purchase the Shares to be sold
          by each Individual Selling Stockholder for value, in good faith and
          without notice of adverse claim within the 


                                      -14-

<PAGE>

          meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code, delivery of the certificates
          for the Shares to be sold by each Individual Selling Stockholder
          pursuant to this Agreement will pass good and marketable title to such
          Shares free and clear of any security interests, claims, liens,
          equities and other encumbrances.

          (g)    You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of
     Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the
     Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, covering the matters referred to in
     subparagraphs (v), (vi), (x) and (xiv) of paragraph (d) above and to the
     effect that the statements in the Prospectus under "Underwriters," insofar
     as such statements constitute a summary of this Agreement, fairly present
     the information called for with respect to such Agreement.

     With respect to subparagraph (xiv) of paragraph (d) above, Ater Wynne
Hewitt Dodson & Skerritt and Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati may state that
their opinion and belief are based upon their participation in the preparation
of the Registration Statement and Prospectus and any amendments or supplements
thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without
independent check or verification except as specified.

     The opinions of Ater Wynne Hewitt Dodson & Skerritt and Cooley Godward
Castro Huddleson & Tatum described in paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) above shall be
rendered to you at the request of the Company or the Selling Stockholders, as
the case may be, and shall so state therein.

          (h)    You shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the
     Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the
     case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to you, from Arthur
     Andersen L.L.P., independent public accountants, containing statements and
     information of the type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort
     letters" to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and
     certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and
     the Prospectus.

          (i)    The "lock-up" agreements between you and certain officers and
     directors of the Company relating to sales of shares of Common Stock of the
     Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
     for such Common Stock, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall
     be in full force and effect on the Closing Date. 

          (j)    The shares of Common Stock of the Company shall have received
     approval for listing, upon official notice of issuance, on the Nasdaq
     National Market System.

     All the agreements, opinions, certificates and letters mentioned above or
elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed in compliance with the provisions
hereof only if Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, counsel for the Underwriters,
shall be reasonably satisfied that they comply in form and scope.


                                      -15-

<PAGE>

     The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares
hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the Option Closing Date of such
documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the
Company, the due authorization, issuance and sale of the Additional Shares and
other matters related to the issuance and sale of the Additional Shares. 

                                      VII.

     In further consideration of the agreements of the Underwriters herein
contained, the Company covenants as follows:

          (a)    To furnish to you, without charge, four (4) signed copies of
     the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to
     each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement
     (without exhibits thereto) and, during the period mentioned in paragraph
     (c) below, as many copies of the Prospectus and any supplements and
     amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably
     request.  In the case of the Prospectus, to furnish copies of the
     Prospectus in New York City, prior to 5:00 p.m., local time, on the
     business day following the date of this Agreement, in such quantities as
     you may reasonably request.

          (b)    Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or
     the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or
     supplement and to file no such proposed amendment or supplement to which
     you reasonably object.

          (c)    If, during such period after the first date of the public
     offering of the Shares as in the opinion of your counsel the Prospectus is
     required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter
     or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it
     is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the
     statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus
     is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of your
     counsel, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply
     with law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at
     its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and
     addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been
     sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon
     request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the
     statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the
     light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser,
     be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will
     comply with law.

          (d)    To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the
     securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably
     request and to pay all expenses (including fees and disbursements of
     counsel) in connection with such qualification and in connection with any
     review of the offering of the Shares by the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
     required to qualify the Shares under the laws of any jurisdiction where the
     Company is not otherwise subject to suit if such qualification would
     constitute or require the consent of the Company to suit in such
     jurisdiction. 


                                      -16-

<PAGE>


          (e)    To make generally available to the Company's security holders
     and to you as soon as practicable an earning statement covering the
     twelve-month period ending June 30, 1997 that satisfies the provisions of
     Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the
     Commission thereunder.

                                      VIII.

     Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to pay or cause
to be paid all taxes, if any, on the transfer and sale of the Shares being sold
by such Selling Stockholder and the fees and expenses of counsel retained by
such Selling Stockholder who is not also counsel to the Company.  The Company
agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the
obligations of the Selling Stockholders and the Company under this Agreement
(except as set forth above), including, but not limited to, all expenses
incident to (i) the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement
(including all exhibits thereto) and the Prospectus and all amendments and
supplements thereto, (ii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Shares,
including any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer and sale of
the Shares to the Underwriters, (iii) the fees and disbursements of the
Company's counsel and accountants, (iv) the qualification of the Shares under
state securities or Blue Sky laws in accordance with the provisions of paragraph
(d) of Article VII hereof, including filing fees and the fees and disbursements
of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with
the preparation of any Blue Sky or Legal Investment Memoranda, (v) the printing
and delivery to the Underwriters, in quantities as hereinabove stated, of copies
of the Registration Statement (including all exhibits thereto) and all
amendments thereto and of each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus and any
amendments or supplements thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the
Underwriters of copies of any Blue Sky or Legal Investment Memoranda, (vii) the
filing fees and expenses, if any, incurred with respect to any filing with the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., made in connection with the
offering of the Shares, (viii) any expenses incurred by the Company in
connection with a "road show" presentation to potential investors, (ix) the
listing of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market and (x) all document
production charges and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (but not
including their fees for professional services) in connection with the
preparation of this Agreement; PROVIDED, however, that such Selling Stockholder
agrees to pay or cause to be paid its pro rata share (based on the percentage
which the number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder bears to the total
number of Shares sold) of all underwriting discounts and commissions.

                                       IX.

     The Company and Cadence, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold
harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or is
under common control with, or is controlled by, any Underwriter, from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without
limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with
defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or
the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished
any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged
omission to state therein a 


                                      -17-

<PAGE>

material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged
untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter
furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly
for use therein; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with
respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any
Underwriter from whom the person asserting such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities purchased Shares, or any person controlling such Underwriter, if a
copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall
have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by
or on behalf of such Underwriter to such person, if required by law so to have
been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the
shares to such person, and if the Prospectus (as so amended or supplemented)
would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or
liability.  The liability of Cadence under the indemnity agreement contained in
this paragraph or for breach of its representations and warranties under
Article I and Article II hereof shall be limited to an amount equal to $
___________ [1.25 x total proceeds].  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cadence
shall not be required to make any payment required by the provisions of this
paragraph unless the parties indemnified under this paragraph have demanded
payment from the Company and the Company has refused to make such payment or
failed to make such payment in full within 30 days from the date of such demand.

          Each Individual Selling Stockholder agrees, severally and not jointly,
to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who
controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, or is under common control
with, or is controlled by, any Underwriter, and the Company, its directors, its
officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section, from and against
any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without
limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with
defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or
the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished
any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement
or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information
relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such
Underwriter through you expressly for use therein; PROVIDED, however, that the
foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall
not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter from whom the person asserting any
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Shares, or any person
controlling such Underwriter, if a copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or
supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements
thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Underwriter to such
person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of the Shares to such person, and if the Prospectus (as
so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities.  The liability of each Individual
Selling Stockholder under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph
shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such
Individual Selling Stockholder from the offering of the Shares sold by such
Individual Selling Stockholder.  In addition, no Individual Selling Stockholder
shall be liable under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph unless


                                      -18-

<PAGE>

and until you, as managers of the offering, have made written demand on the
Company for payment under this paragraph and the amount specified in such demand
is not paid in full by the Company within 30 days after receipt of the demand by
the Company.

     Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, the Selling Stockholders, the directors of the Company,
the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person,
if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning
of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including,
without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in
the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus
or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have
furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with
reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company
in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration
Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or
supplements thereto.

     In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be
instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought
pursuant to any of the three preceding paragraphs, such person (the "Indemnified
Party") shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be
sought (the "Indemnifying Party") in writing and the Indemnifying Party, upon
request of the Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory
to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and any others the
Indemnifying Party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and
disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such
proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own
counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified
Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the
named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and representation of both
parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential
differing interests between them.  It is understood that the Indemnifying Party
shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any Indemnified Party in
connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction,
be liable for (a) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in
addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who
control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, (b) the fees and expenses of
more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company,
its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person,
if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and
(c) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any
local counsel) for the Selling Stockholders and all persons, if any, who control
the Selling Stockholders within the meaning of either such Section, and that all
such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  In the case of
any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons of
Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated.  In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such
directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be
designated in writing by the Company.  In the case of any such separate firm for


                                      -19-

<PAGE>

the Selling Stockholders and such controlling persons of Selling Stockholders,
such firm shall be designated in writing by the Selling Stockholders.  The
Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding
effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if
there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to
indemnify the Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason
of such settlement or judgment.   Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at
any time an Indemnified Party shall have requested an Indemnifying Party to
reimburse the Indemnified Party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated
by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Indemnifying Party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected
without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30
days after receipt by such Indemnifying Party of the aforesaid request and
(ii) such Indemnifying Party shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Party in
accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.  No
Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified
Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect
of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could
have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement
includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability
on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. 

     If the indemnification provided for in the first, second or third paragraph
of this Article IX is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or insufficient in
respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then
each Indemnifying Party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such
Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Indemnifying Party or parties on the one hand and the
Indemnified Party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares
or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by
applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of
the Indemnifying Party or parties on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party
or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that
resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the
Sellers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection
with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective
proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before
deducting expenses) received by each Seller and the total underwriting discounts
and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the
table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering
price of the Shares.  The relative fault of the Sellers on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by the Sellers or by the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.  The Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute
pursuant to this Article IX are several in proportion to the respective number
of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint. 

     The Sellers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Article IX were determined by PRO
RATA allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. 
The amount paid or payable by an 


                                      -20-

<PAGE>

indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities
referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include,
subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating
or defending any such action or claim.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Article IX, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess
of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it
and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of
any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason
of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  A
Selling Stockholder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of
the amount by which ___________ [1.25 x total proceeds], in the case of Cadence,
and the net proceeds of the offering (before deducting expenses) received by
each Individual Selling Stockholder, in the case of the Individual Selling
Stockholders, exceeds the amount of any damages which each such Selling
Stockholder has otherwise been required to pay be reason of such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) referred
to in the immediately preceding paragraph and in no case shall such Selling
Stockholder be required to contribute any amounts under this paragraph or the
immediately preceding paragraph which in the aggregate when taken together with
any amounts paid by such Selling Stockholder under the first paragraph of this
Article IX exceeds ___________ [1.25 x total proceeds], in the case of Cadence,
and the net proceeds of the offering (before deducting expenses) received by
each Individual Selling Stockholder, in the case of the Individual Selling
Stockholders.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation.  The remedies provided for in this Article IX are not
exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be
available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

     The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Article IX and
the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders
contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made
by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter,
the Selling Stockholders or any person controlling the Selling Stockholders, or
the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and
(iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares. 

                                       X.

     This Agreement shall be subject to termination, in your sole discretion, by
notice given by you to the Company, if (a) after the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have
been suspended or materially limited on or by, as the case may be, any of the
New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago
Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade, (ii) trading of any
securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any
over-the-counter market, (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking
activities in New York shall have been declared by either Federal or New York
State authorities, or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation
of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis
that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and (b) in the case of any of
the events specified in clauses (a)(i) through (iv), such 


                                      -21-

<PAGE>

event singly or together with any other such event makes it, in your judgment,
impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated
in the Prospectus.

                                       XI.

     This Agreement shall become effective upon the later of (i) execution and
delivery hereof by the parties hereto and (ii) release of notification of the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement by the Commission.

     If, on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any
one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it
or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number
of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or
refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the
Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated
severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite
their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm
Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or
in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase
on such date; PROVIDED, however, that in no event shall the number of Shares
that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to Article III be increased
pursuant to this Article XI by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number
of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter.  If, on the Closing
Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter or
Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares and the aggregate number of
Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the
aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements
satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Stockholder (or, in the case of
the Option Closing Date, you, the Company and Cadence) for the purchase of such
Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall
terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the
Company or Selling Stockholder. In any such case either you or the relevant
Sellers shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the Option Closing
Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order
that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement and in the
Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected.  Any
action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter
from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this
Agreement.

     If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them,
because of any failure or refusal on the part of any Seller to comply with the
terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any
reason any Seller shall be unable to perform its obligations under this
Agreement, the Sellers will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as
have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all
out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel)
reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or
the offering contemplated hereunder.

     This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and
hereto were upon the same instrument. 


                                      -22-

<PAGE>

     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
internal laws of the State of New York. 

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------


                                        CADENCE DESIGN SYSTEMS, INC.


                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------



                                        The Selling Stockholders named in
                                        Schedule I hereto, acting severally



                                        By:
                                           -------------------------------------

                                             --------------------
                                               ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

Accepted, __________, 1995
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
COWEN & COMPANY
SOUNDVIEW FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

Acting severally on behalf of
  themselves and the several
  Underwriters named herein.

By: MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED


By:                                     
   -------------------------------------


                                      -23-

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I




                                                       NUMBER OF FIRM SHARES
              SELLING STOCKHOLDERS                          TO BE SOLD
- --------------------------------------------------     ---------------------
              --------------------

Cadence Design Systems, Inc.                            [                ]

[Officers and Directors]                                [                ]
                                                        
                                                        
                                                        
                                                        
                                                        
                                                        --------------------
                    Total. . . . . . . . . . . . .      [                 ]


          ADDITIONAL SHARES FROM CADENCE 
- --------------------------------------------------
              --------------------

Cadence Design Systems, Inc.*                           [                ]


                                      -24-

<PAGE>




- --------------------
* Does not include [             ] Additional Shares to be sold by the Company.


                                      -25-

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE I

                                                  Number of Firm Shares to be 
             Underwriter                                    Purchased
- ----------------------------------------          ---------------------------

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated                      [                  ]

Cowen & Company                                        [                  ]

Soundview Financial Group, Inc.                        [                  ]
                                                        ------------------

                    TOTAL. . . . . . . . . . . . .      
                                                        ------------------
                                                        ------------------

 

<PAGE>

                    ATER WYNNE HEWITT DODSON & SKERRITT, LLP
                          222 S.W. Columbia, Suite 1800
                             Portland, Oregon  97201
                             (503) 226-1191 (Phone)
                              (503) 226-0079 (Fax)




                                  May 23, 1996



Board of Directors
Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc.
9525 S.W. Gemini Drive
Beaverton, OR  97008


     In connection with the public offering of 2,525,000 shares of common
stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), of Integrated Measurement
Systems, Inc., an Oregon corporation (the "Company"), under the Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") and the proposed sale of
the Common Stock pursuant to the terms of an underwriting agreement (the
"Underwriting Agreement") to be entered into by and among the Company, the
Selling Shareholders, and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Cowen & Company and
SoundView Financial Group, Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters,
we have examined such corporate records, certificates of public officials and
officers of the Company and other documents as we have considered necessary or
proper for the purpose of this opinion.


     Based on the foregoing and having regard to legal issues which we deem
relevant, it is our opinion that the shares of Common Stock to be sold pursuant
to the Underwriting Agreement, when such shares have been delivered against
payment therefor as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable.


     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the above-
mentioned Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the
caption "Legal Matters" in the prospectus constituting a part of the
Registration Statement.  This consent shall not be construed to cause this firm
to be in the category of persons whose consent is required to be filed pursuant
to Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules thereunder.
This opinion has been prepared solely for your use in connection with the
Registration Statement and should not be quoted in whole or in part or otherwise


<PAGE>


Board of Directors
Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc.
May 23, 1996
Page 2


be referred to, nor be relied upon by, nor be filed with or furnished to any 
governmental agency or other person or entity, except as otherwise provided 
in this paragraph, without the prior written consent of this firm.

                              Very truly yours,



                              ATER WYNNE HEWITT DODSON & SKERRITT, LLP

<PAGE>

                                     AMENDED
                              STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

     This Amended Stockholder Agreement, dated May 23, 1996, supersedes and
replaces the Stockholder Agreement dated May 10, 1995, by and between Integrated
Measurement Systems, Inc., an Oregon corporation (the "Company" or "IMS") and
Cadence Design Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Stockholder" or
"Cadence".)

     In consideration of the mutual promises and agreements hereinafter set
forth, and for other valuable consideration, the Company and the Stockholder
agree as follows:

1.   HANDLING OUTSTANDING CADENCE OPTIONS HELD BY IMS EMPLOYEES.  The Company
and Stockholder acknowledge that, as of the date of this Agreement, there are
issued and outstanding options for the purchase of Stockholder's common stock
held by employees of the Company (the "Employee Cadence Options") granted under
both Stockholder's 1987 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1987 Cadence Options") and
Stockholder's 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1993 Cadence Options.")  The 1987
Cadence Options include both qualified Incentive Stock Options, and nonqualified
stock options.  The 1993 Cadence Options are all nonqualified stock options.

     1.1  MODIFICATION OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS.  Cadence consents to the
modification of the commitments made in employment agreements entered into
between IMS and certain of its key executives effective May 10, 1995, to conform
those employment agreements to the covenants and commitments contained herein.

     1.2  1993 CADENCE PLAN.  Cadence warrants that its 1993 Stock Option Plan
has been amended to provide continuing vesting under the plan, provided that
Cadence continues to be a stockholder in a company that has employee
participants in the plan.  Cadence further warrants that it will continue to be
a shareholder of IMS, with a minimum holding of at least 100 shares, until at
least December 31, 1999.

     1.3  PRESERVATION OF VALUE OF CADENCE OPTIONS BELOW THRESHOLDS.  The
parties recognize that if Cadence's percentage of ownership of IMS' outstanding
stock drops below 50%, 1987 Cadence Options held by IMS employees will cease to
vest.  The parties wish to preserve the value of those stock options to the IMS
employees, in ways that maximize the benefit to each of their shareholder groups
that the options represent.  The parties agree to achieve those goals as stated
in the following sections:

     1.4  CONSULTANTS.  Cadence has determined that consulting services from the
employees designated as "consultants" on the attached list would be useful to
Cadence, and wishes to use their services in that capacity in a manner that does
not interfere with their primary duties to IMS.  Cadence therefore commits that,
if Cadence's ownership of IMS issued and outstanding common stock drops below
50% at any time while 1987 Cadence Options remain unvested, Cadence will offer
the IMS employees on the attached list the opportunity to consult with Cadence
at least through the vesting term of their unvested 1987 Cadence Options or
longer if useful to Cadence.

          1.4.1     TERMS OF CONSULTANCY.  The consulting agreements shall
     provide for consulting within the consultants' areas of expertise at such
     times as do not interfere with their duties to IMS, on appropriate terms to
     be memorialized in a consulting agreement, while the consultants remain
     employees of IMS.

1 - AMENDED STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

          1.4.2     VESTING OF CADENCE OPTIONS FOR CONSULTANTS.  The consulting
     agreements will further provide that the consultant's 1987 Cadence Options
     shall continue to vest for the period of that consultancy.  Cadence further
     commits that 1987 Cadence Options vested as of the end date of that
     consultancy will remain exercisable for 30 days after that consultancy
     ends.

     1.5  IN THE MONEY VALUE FOR NON-CONSULTANTS.  The parties recognize that if
Cadence's ownership percentage of IMS drops below 50% with respect to the 1987
plan, the potential arises for IMS employees who hold 1987 Cadence Options which
have not then become exercisable under the particular plan, and who have not
been given the opportunity to act as consultants to Cadence, to be unable to
obtain the in-the-money value of those not yet exercisable options (the "Lapsed
Options.")  In recognition of the value IMS employees have, through their
performance, brought to Cadence, Cadence hereby commits to pay the in-the-money
value of the Lapsed Options that would become lost to IMS employees as a result
of a change in Cadence's percentage ownership of IMS, as follows.

          1.5.1     IN-THE-MONEY-VALUE.  Cadence and IMS agree that the in-the-
     money-value for a given share of Cadence stock represented by a Lapsed
     Option (an "Option Share") shall be calculated at, and fixed as, the value
     represented by the difference (if positive) obtained by subtracting the
     option exercise price from the average of the daily closing trade price for
     Cadence stock for the twenty business days next preceeding the date on
     which Cadence's ownership dropped below the requisite threshold.

          1.5.2     WHEN BECOMES DUE.  The "in the money value" for each Option
     Share held by a non-consultant shall become due on the same date that the
     option giving rise to the Option Share would have become exercisable but
     for the change in ownership.  That means, for example, that the in-the-
     money value would never become due with respect to Option Shares whose
     options would not have become exercisable because an employee resigned from
     or is terminated by the company.

          1.5.3     WHEN PAYABLE.  Cadence shall pay all accrued and due in-the-
     money-value within thirty days of the end of the calendar quarter in which
     the in-the-money value falls due, based on a schedule submitted by IMS,
     certified as true and correct by the Chief Financial Officer, to Cadence of
     all vested in-the-money value due to IMS employees.

     1.6  INFORMATION FLOW.  IMS shall inform Cadence's Stock Administration
department immediately of the departure of any IMS employee holding Employee
Cadence Options, and shall on request submit to Cadence a list of all remaining
IMS employee holders of Employee Cadence Options.  If IMS fails to give Notice
concerning the termination of an IMS employee to Cadence within 15 days
following termination, and as a result of that failure, the employee is able to
exercise an option which by its terms should have expired, IMS shall reimburse
Cadence for the difference between the exercise price and the market price of
each exercised share, measured as of the date of exercise of the wrongfully
exercised option.

     1.7  GOOD FAITH DECISIONS.  In making decisions that may have the potential
to result in Cadence's holdings in IMS slipping below the 50% levels, and
therefore triggering Cadence's obligations under this Section 1, IMS shall, in
determining the economic viability of such choices, consider in good faith the
cost to Cadence of that decision under this Section as if it is IMS' own cost.

2 - AMENDED STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

     2.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATION.  This Agreement sets forth the entire
agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter hereof, and merges and supersedes any and all prior discussions,
agreements, and understandings between or among them with respect thereto, and
no party shall be bound by any condition, definition, warranty or
representation, other than those expressly set forth or provided for in this
Agreement or in any document or instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement,
or as may be set forth in writing and signed by the party or parties to be bound
thereby on or subsequent to the date hereof.  This Agreement may not be changed
or modified, except by an agreement in writing executed by the Company and the
Stockholder.

     3.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by Oregon law
(excluding the choice of law provisions).

     4.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts.

     5.   SEVERABILITY.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction
contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
invalid, void, or unenforceable, then the remainder of this Agreement shall
remain operative and in full force and effect.  If any provision contained in
this Agreement is invalidated, the parties hereto will use their best efforts to
adopt an appropriate substitute for the invalidated provision consistent with
the intent of the parties.

     6.   BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT.  The terms of this Agreement shall be
binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
subsidiaries, parents or other affiliated entities, agents, attorneys, heirs,
executors, successors, representatives and assigns.

     7.   NOTICES.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if
delivered by hand or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to
the addresses set forth below the signatures of the respective parties hereto.
In the case of communications to the Stockholder, a copy shall be delivered
concurrently to H. Raymond Bingham, Executive Vice President, and  to such other
person or persons or to such other address or addresses as may be designated by
Stockholder.  In the case of communications to the Company, a copy shall be
delivered concurrently to William C. Campbell, Ater Wynne Hewitt Dodson &
Skerritt, 222 S.W. Columbia, Suite 1800, Portland, Oregon 97201 or to such other
person or persons or to such other address or addresses as may be designated by
IMS.

3 - AMENDED STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

     8.   HEADINGS.  The headings in the sections of this Agreement are inserted
for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first above written.

                                   INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.


                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                        Sar Ramadan, Chief Financial Officer,
                                        Secretary, and Treasurer


                                   CADENCE DESIGN SYSTEMS, INC.


                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                        Stephen Y. Fong, Vice President of
                                        Finance and Treasurer

4 - AMENDED STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

                       Prosective Consultants for Cadence

     The parties agree that these individuals possess knowledge or experience,
as well as current industry exposure and understanding in connection with their
duties at IMS, that would render them valuable consultants for Cadence, on a
"time available" basis.

IMS Employee                              Position at IMS
- ------------                              ---------------

Senior Industry Management Expertise:
- -------------------------------------

Keith Barnes                              President and CEO
Wilfred Baril                             VP of Engineering
Ken Lindsay                               VP of Asian Operations
Sar Ramadan                               Chief Financial Officer
Gwyn Harvey                               Director of Human Resources

Engineering Expertise:
- ----------------------

John Miller                               Software Engineering Manager
Mike Bergath                              Hardware Engineering Manager
Dave Verhoeven                            Software Engineering Manager
Brian Batson                              "THOR" Project Manager

Marketing and Sales Expertise:
- ------------------------------

Mike Kondradt                             Senior Product Marketing Manager
Sam Duran                                 Software Regional Manager
Bill Bunker                               Northwest Regional Manager
Brette Wilde                              European Manager
Jack Frost                                Asian Applications Manager
Hugh Huang                                Greater China Manager

<PAGE>

                      AMENDED CORPORATE SERVICES AGREEMENT

     This Amended Corporate Services Agreement is entered into between Cadence
Design Systems, Inc. (Cadence) and Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc. (IMS)
this first day of May, 1996.

     The parties entered into a Corporate Services Agreement effective May 1,
1995.  They now wish to modify and update that agreement, as shown here.

     The parties agree:

1.   DEFINITIONS.

     1.1  CADENCE AND IMS.  "Cadence" and "IMS" as used herein shall refer to
the parent companies, and wholly owned subsidiaries of either (except that for
these purposes, IMS will not be regarded as a Cadence subsidiary.)

     1.2  DEDICATED AGENT.  An employee of Cadence is a "Dedicated Agent" during
those periods with respect to which IMS is obligated to pay or has paid Cadence
a fee equal to the Agent Fees as provided for in this Agreement.  Numbers of
Dedicated Agents in particular Cadence facilities as of the date of this
agreement are listed on the attached Exhibit A.

2.   AGENT SERVICES AND FEE.  Cadence will supply the following services as
agent for IMS, and IMS will pay Cadence an Agent Fee for Cadence's services
hereunder, calculated as follows.

     2.1  FEE COMPONENT FOR OFFICE SPACE AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORT.

          2.1.1     PRINCIPLE.  Cadence supplies office space and associated
     office support (telephones and faxes, parking, use of conference rooms,
     employee lounges, and the like) to IMS at a number of locations around the
     United States and (through Cadence wholly-owned subsidiaries) elsewhere in
     the world.  IMS pays for that space and support at the price shown on
     Exhibit A, on an allocated charge per headcount basis, as a part of its
     Agent Fee.

          2.1.2     CHANGES.  The parties may from time to time agree to add
     Dedicated Agents, or IMS personnel in those locations where IMS has direct
     business presence, at specific sites, and so increase the space needed, or
     to add sites; such changes will be reflected on revised "Exhibits A" to
     replace the original executed with this Agreement.  Cadence shall not be
     obligated to lease or outfit additional space for IMS' benefit, however,
     and any additional space will be provided on a "space available" basis
     only.

          2.1.3     COST AND FEE REVIEW.  The parties will meet semiannually to
     review the fair market value of the office space and associated services at
     each location, and will adjust the Agent Fees shown on Exhibit A to reflect
     that fair market value.

     2.2  DEDICATED AGENTS.

Page 1 -- Corporate Services Agreement

<PAGE>

          2.2.1     FEE COMPONENT FOR AGENT COST.  IMS shall pay Cadence, as
     part of its Agent Fee, an amount equal to the fully-loaded payroll cost for
     and discretionary expenses such as travel, materials and supplies, and
     communications incurred by each Dedicated Agent.  That cost shall include
     any extraordinary hiring, termination, or transfer expenses Cadence
     experiences due to IMS or Cadence policy or the law of the particular
     jurisdictions, provided that the parties shall work in good faith to
     minimize such expenses to be charged to IMS.

          2.2.2     CHANGES IN DEDICATED AGENTS.  In countries outside the
     United States where Dedicated Agents are employed, IMS may periodically
     request that Cadence add, transfer, or terminate Dedicated Agents.  During
     the term of this agreement, Cadence will add or subtract such Dedicated
     Agents for the applicable countries on thirty days' notice from IMS, or
     such longer period of time as may be required under Cadence policy or local
     law.  However, IMS shall not add any new Dedicated Agents in any country in
     which IMS has chosen to establish its own business presence, either itself
     or through an IMS subsidiary.

          2.2.3     INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.  Cadence acknowledges that the Agent
     Fee paid by IMS fully covers Cadence's costs with respect to the Dedicated
     Agents, and hereby commits to assign and does assign to IMS, free of claims
     by Cadence, all intellectual property developed by Dedicated Agents while
     they are or were Dedicated Agents, to the extent Cadence has rights to that
     intellectual property under applicable agreements with the Dedicated Agent
     pursuant to local law.  Cadence will take such steps as may be necessary to
     document such assignment in order to preserve such rights, on request and
     at IMS' expense.  Likewise, IMS will require that such Dedicated Agents,
     when retained by IMS will honor confidentiality obligations to Cadence and
     its customers.

3.   INSURANCE.

     3.1  OPTION TO PURCHASE COVERAGE THROUGH CADENCE.  IMS may elect to
purchase insurance coverage through Cadence insurance policies, to the extent
and during the time those policies permit that coverage.

     3.2  PROCEDURE.  On request, Cadence will assist IMS to determine what
insurance coverage IMS can acquire more cost-effectively through Cadence (as a
part of Cadence policies) than independently.  IMS shall by Notice inform
Cadence of which coverages it wishes to purchase through Cadence, and which
coverages purchased through Cadence it wishes to terminate.  IMS' rights to
become covered by, or exclude itself from coverage under, Cadence policies shall
meet these conditions:

          3.2.1     TERMS OF POLICY.  IMS' Notice may request that IMS be added
     or deleted from Cadence policies only as of dates the policy itself permits
     for such modifications.

          3.2.2     QUALIFICATION.  IMS shall not be entitled to coverage under
     any Cadence policy as to which IMS does not qualify under the policy terms.

Page 2 -- Corporate Services Agreement

<PAGE>

     3.3  COPIES OF POLICIES.  Cadence shall, on request, provide IMS with
copies of all applicable insurance coverages, and shall request companies
writing such insurance to copy IMS with any policy changes affecting IMS.

     3.4  COST.  IMS shall reimburse Cadence the full incremental cost to
Cadence of IMS' coverage under any existing Cadence policy.  That incremental
cost shall be billed to IMS as part of Cadence's Agent Fee for all non-US
jurisdictions.

4.   SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNTS.

     4.1  INVOICING.  Cadence shall invoice IMS monthly for the services herein
provided.   Cadence shall bill for personnel costs under section 2.2 in the
local currency of the country in which such costs were incurred.  Cadence shall
bill for the dollar-denominated amounts shown on Exhibit A in dollars or in the
local currency at equivalent exchange rates, as Cadence determines.  If it is
more convenient administratively for Cadence to do so, Cadence may cause its
separate operating companies and subsidiaries to invoice IMS directly for
services they provide hereunder.

     4.2  PAYMENT.  Each party shall pay invoices properly tendered for any
matter between them within thirty days of receipt of the invoice.  Overdue
unpaid invoices shall bear interest at 9% per year until paid.

5.   DURATION.

     5.1  MAXIMUM TERM.  This Agreement will not last beyond June 1, 1999,
unless expressly extended.

     5.2  INTERIM TERMINATION.  During the term of this agreement, IMS may elect
to decline particular space, or to reduce its space requirements at particular
locations, on thirty days' Notice to Cadence, delivered both to Cadence's Notice
address as shown on this agreement and to the particular office location where
the space needs are being reduced.  During the term of this agreement, IMS may
also elect to transition particular Cadence Dedicated Agents to become IMS
employees, subject to the rights of the employee as described above.  Notice of
such action shall be delivered both to Cadence at the Notice address shown on
this agreement, and to the headquarters address of the particular Cadence
subsidiary for whom the Dedicated Agent works.  Cadence may elect to terminate
some or all of its obligations hereunder on thirty days' Notice in the event IMS
breaches a material obligation hereunder and such breach remains uncured for
thirty days after Notice to IMS.  After June 1, 1997, Cadence may elect to
terminate its agreement with respect to particular facilities or subsidiaries on
180 days' Notice to IMS.

6.   SOFTWARE.  Cadence has issued software licenses and provides maintenance
and updates for its suite of software products to IMS without charge, for IMS'
own use in designing and supporting its own products.  As of the date Cadence's
ownership in IMS drops below 50%, in the absence of any other agreement Cadence
will continue to permit IMS a no-charge license to its suite of design tools
currently held by IMS, but will charge IMS for maintenance on those tools, at
the rate Cadence charges its most favored strategic customers and technology
partners.

7.   OTHER MATTERS.

Page 3 -- Corporate Services Agreement

<PAGE>

     7.1  NOTICE.  "Notice" means notice given as described here.  Notice will
be given to IMS at 9525 S.W. Gemini Drive, Beaverton, Oregon  97008, ATTN:
Chief Financial Officer.  Notice will be given to Cadence at 2655 Seely Road,
Building 5, MS 5B2, San Jose, Ca. 95134, ATTN:  Chief Financial Officer.  Notice
may be given in any form that leaves a hard copy in the hands of the recipient.
Each party can change its own Notice address and designated Notice recipient, by
Notice.  Notice shall be effective when actually received by the designated
person.  If sent certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested, notice is considered effective on the date the return receipt shows
the notice was accepted, refused, or returned undeliverable.

     7.2  SEVERABILITY.  Each clause of this agreement is severable.  If any
clause is ruled void or unenforceable, the balance of the agreement shall
nonetheless remain in effect.

     7.3  NON-WAIVER.  A waiver of one or more breaches of any clause of this
agreement shall not act to waive any other breach, whether of the same or
different clauses.

     7.4  ASSIGNMENT.  This agreement may not be assigned without the express
written consent of each party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

     7.5  GOVERNING LAW.  This agreement is governed by the laws of the state of
California.  Each party consents to service of process through the method
prescribed for notice in this agreement.
     7.6  INTEGRATION.  This agreement is the complete agreement between the
parties as of the date hereof with respect to Corporate Services, and supersedes
all prior agreements, written or oral.  It may be modified only in writing
signed by the original parties hereto, or by their successors or superiors in
office.

INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.         CADENCE DESIGN SYSTEMS, INC.

By:                                          By:
   -------------------------------------        -------------------------------
Print:                                       Print:
      ----------------------------------           ----------------------------
Title:                                       Title:
      ----------------------------------           ----------------------------
Date:                                        Date:
     -----------------------------------          -----------------------------

Page 4 -- Corporate Services Agreement

<PAGE>

                                    Exhibit A

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Cadence Dedicated Agents and Support Fees
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Location        Dedicated Agents    Fee per Agent Per     95 Total Fees
                                                Month
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>                 <C>                   <C>
Cadence UK                   5              Cost plus $650             $3,250
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cadence Germany              3              Cost plus $600              1,800
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cadence France               2              Cost plus $650              1,300
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cadence Israel               1              Cost plus $704                704
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cadence Taiwan               3              Cost plus $306                918
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Arizona                      2              Cost plus $457                914
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
California                   9              Cost plus $500              4,500
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maryland                     1              Cost plus $767                767
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Massachusetts                7              Cost plus $262              1,834
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minnesota                    2              Cost plus $731              1,462
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Texas                        2              Cost plus $705              1,410
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   TOTAL FEES PER MONTH:   COST PLUS $ 18,859
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    TOTAL FEES PER YEAR:   COST PLUS $226,308
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

     "Cost" here refers to Cadence's cost for the Dedicated Agent in question as
described in Section 2.1.

Page 5 -- Corporate Services Agreement


<PAGE>

                SECOND AMENDMENT TO JOINT SALES AGENCY AGREEMENT
                                     BETWEEN
                          CADENCE DESIGN SYSTEMS, INC.
                                       AND
                      INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.

     As of May 20, 1996, Cadence Design Systems, Inc. (Cadence) and Integrated
Measurement Systems, Inc. (IMS) agree to extend the initial term of the Joint
Sales Agency Agreement between the parties through June, 1998.

     Except as here provided, the Joint Sales Agreement between the parties
dated June 30, 1994, and as amended effective April 1, 1995, remains in full
force and effect.

CADENCE DESIGN SYSTEMS, INC.            INTEGRATED MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS, INC.


By:                                     By:
   ----------------------------            ------------------------------------
Print:                                  Print:
      -------------------------               ---------------------------------
Title:                                  Title:
      -------------------------               ---------------------------------

Page 1 -- Second Amendment to Joint Sales Agency Agreement

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
    As  independent  public accountants,  we hereby  consent to  the use  of our
reports and to all  references to our firm  included in or made  a part of  this
registration statement.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Portland, Oregon
              , 1996
 
                  REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS ON
                          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Integrated Measurement Systems, Inc.:
 
    We  have audited, in accordance  with generally accepted auditing standards,
the financial statements  of Integrated  Measurement Systems,  Inc. included  in
this registration statement and have issued our report thereon dated January 26,
1996  (except for the matter discussed in Note 10 to the financial statements as
to which the  date is  May 6, 1996).  Our audits  were made for  the purpose  of
forming  an opinion  on those  statements taken  as a  whole. The  Valuation and
Qualifying accounts schedule is the  responsibility of the Company's  management
and  is presented  for purposes  of complying  with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission's rules  and is  not part  of the  basic financial  statements.  This
schedule  has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audits of
the basic financial statements and, in our opinion, fairly state in all material
respects the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to  the
basic financial statements taken as a whole.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Portland, Oregon
January 26, 1996


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission